GENERAL CATALOGUE

LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONNECTION

FOR INDUSTRIAL AND Ex APPLICATIONS
MARECHALÌELECTRIC
THE GROUP, OUR TECHNOLOGY, STANDARDS, REFERENCING

EVO40
40 A
SEPARABLE
SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR

PNC DSN PN PNHT

16 A 20 A 63 A 30 A 30 A
DECONTACTOR™
& INDUSTRIAL SOCKET-OUTLET

CS DSP400 CS1000
250 A 400 A 500 A
SINGLE POLE
POWER CONNECTORS

PN7C DS7C3/6 DN9C

7 CONTACTS 7 CONTACTS 9 CONTACTS
MULTICONTACT
CONNECTORS

ELECTROMAGNETIC MECHANICAL
SELF -EJECTION SELF-EJECTING
MOBILE
APPLICATIONS

DISTRIBUTION CUSTOMISED
AND JUNCTION SOLUTIONS
JUNCTION AND DISTRIBUTION
BOXES

DECONTACTOR™ AND SINGLE POLE

INDUSTRIAL SOCKET-OUTLET
CONNECTORS

DISTRIBUTION CONTROL
AND JUNCTION
JUNCTION AND DISTRIBUTION
BOXES

LINEAR FLOODLIGHT

LIGHTING

ACCESSORIES
AND SPARE PARTS

2
 PAGE 4

PAGE 26

DS FC DSHT PFQ PFC

30 A 400 A 50 A 125 A 400 A 600 A
PAGE 34

SP DSP1250
750 A 1250 A
PAGE 110

PN12C DSN12C DN20C DSN24C DSN37C

12 CONTACTS 12 CONTACTS 20 CONTACTS 24 CONTACTS 37 CONTACTS
PAGE 136

ANTI ENGINE START UP DISTRIBUTION BOXES

PAGE 176

SOLUTIONS
FOR TUNNELS
196
PAGE
206

MULTICONTACTS

PAGE 228

BOXES
AND CABINETS
PAGE 280

SIGNAL

PAGE 294

PAGE 296

3
THE MARECHALÌELECTRIC LE GROUPE
GROUP MARECHALÌELECTRIC

1954 1976 1998

DECONTACTOR™ SAFETY SHUTTER WATERTIGHTNESS AND
DN SERIES DS SERIES COMPACTNESS
DSN SERIES
DXN SERIES

HISTORY
Founded in 1952, the MARECHAL ELECTRIC group was born to enhance electrical Its operational and/or sales subsidiaries
safety in industrial environments. Our main product DECONTACTOR and unique in Europe, America, Asia, the Middle East, Africa and Australia, offer the best
silver-nickel butt-contact technology offer a safe and innovative solution products and local services to the most demanding customers such as Technip,
that allows break under load up to 250 A and reduces the risk of accidents. Total, Nestlé, Pepsi, Aramco, Sasol, SNCF, EDF,
The group counts among the major players in Low Voltage LT electrical CEPSA, Actavis, Transnet, Arcelor, Universal Studios, Airbus, Boeing, McDonald’s,
connection systems in industrial environments with or without the presence Rio Tinto and BHP Billiton.
of an EX explosive atmosphere. A workforce of nearly 500 worldwide includes R&D, manufacturing and
commercial development skills. The product range is intended for all sectors
of industrial activity where safety and endurance are required.

MEANS
Since its inception, MARECHAL ELECTRIC Group's R&D has filed nearly 100 MARECHAL ELECTRIC Group has a recognised expertise in the global industry,
patents in more than 50 countries. The laboratory is approved by LCIE (Central it actively participates in
Laboratory of Electrical Industries in France) Bureau Veritas for pre-testing standardization work by providing the Secretariat for the technical committees
and qualification of products. 5% of the turnover is invested every year in R&D SC 23H of the IEC - "Power sockets for industrial uses" and SC 31-2 of the
to create, develop and adapt. CENELEC - "Explosion-proof "d" casing", as well as chairing the French UF
With a total surface area of almost 34,000 m², 9 sites are dedicated to 23H research committee.
production, assembly, inspection and shipment: France (3), Germany, Italy, MARECHAL® also participates in the work of study committees (IEC and
Singapore, Australia, South Africa and the United States. CENELEC) such as TC64, TC18 and TC69.

Our sites are certified:

• ISO 9001 (France),
• DIN EN ISO 9001 (Germany),
• UL (QLHN.E145931 for power sockets/plugs and QLIW.E85952 for bases/
connectors - United States).
• ATEX and IECEx (France, Italy)
• ISO 14001 (Italy).

MANUFAC
CTURED
IN FRANCE
4
 INTRO
70 years
of expertise
2006 2019
SINGLE POLE SEPARABLE
POWER CONNECTORS SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR
SERIES SP EVO SERIES
SERIES SPEX

MARKETS AND REFERENCES MARECHAL®

MARECHAL® and TECHNOR® products are ideal for the most demanding users, For nearly 70 years MARECHAL® has been the brand of low voltage electrical
installers, integrators (EPC, OEM, etc.) where safety, reliability and endurance connectors designed, manufactured and controlled in France in strict compliance
are required. Each year, our teams provide advice, technical follow-up and with the requirements of international standards (IEC and UL). Thanks to the
design of customised solutions as part at sites projects or sites in more than butt-contact technology, the dozens of patents (filed in more than 50 countries)
100 countries. and the choice of the highly advanced materials, MARECHAL® connectors are
The offer is segmented by areas of activity and by types of site/project: NEW the most reliable in the world. They guarantee the best safety for users and
or RENOVATION, industrial or ATEX areas. In order to meet the requirements equipment in accordance with the requirements of the European Low Voltage
of the multiple configurations of electrical installations, more than 40,000 Directive (LVD no. 2014/35/EU since April 20, 2016).
products references are supplied every year. MARECHAL ELECTRIC Group They are available for non-ATEX or ATEX environments (IECEx) Areas 1, 21, 2, 22:
provides solutions for critical areas or processes of the industry where • Separable switch disconnector (from 2 to 6 poles - 40 A).
reliability, strength and safety are essential. • DECONTACTOR™ = plug + industrial switch (up to 250 A),
• multi-contact sockets (up to 37 contacts),
The main industries using our products are: • industrial connectors (up to 600 A),
• the agri-food industry (safety), • single pole connectors (up to 1250 A with pilots),
• water treatment (reliability), • socket, distribution, break-out, junction, boxes.
• chemicals and refineries (safety and reliability),
• heavy industry (strength), TECHNOR®
• construction and building (strength and safety),
Part of the Marechal Group since 2013, this brand dedicated to ATEX/IECEx
• energy (reliability),
products has built its reputation over more than 30 years on exceptional
• transport and airports (safety and reliability),
product quality. All the products are designed, manufactured and tested in
• entertainment and medias (safety),
France and Italy.
• fire emergency services (safety and reliability),
A wide range of products conforming to the ATEX or/and IECEx standards:
• mines and quarries (safety and toughness),
• explosion-proof distribution and control boxes,
• ports, marinas, offshore and shipyards (toughness and safety),
• explosion-proof cast aluminium, steel, stainless steel or GRP/thermoset,
• tunnels (safety),
• lighting (luminaires, spot lights with fluorescent or LEDS),
• towns and infrastructure (safety).
• stainless steel or GRP control and junction units,
• warning/indicator lights,
• earthing systems,
These products comply with European, international (IEC) and North American
(UL, CSA) standards and regulations.

5
ENERGY
EFFICIENCY

CY AND SUSTAINA
ENERGY EFFICIENC ABLE
DEVELOP
PMENT
By choosing MA ARECHAL ELECTR
RIC, you select a technology that combines energ
gy efficiency and
sustainable deve
elopment.

REDUCEE YOUR ENERGY CONSUM

MPTION LIMIT YO
OUR CAR
RBON FO
OOTPRINTT BY
Industry requires energy. A running machine produces heat and therefore, INVESTING IN LO
ONG-LAS
STING SO
OLUTIONS
energy. The optimisation of the energy consumption is key to reduce Sustainable development will not happen without sustainable products.
operation costs and enhance processes cost efficiency. MARECHAL ELECTRIC products have often been installed for more than
30 years in extreme environments suchs as offshore oil platforms, mines,
docksides, water treatment sites and industrial sites in chemicals, food and
beverage or aeronautics sectors.

SAFETY & ENVIRON

NMENT CHARTER
MARECHAL ELECTRIC is committe
ed to safety and the environment:

1. SAFETTY FIRST AND FO

OREMOSTT 3. DESIG
GN FOR AN ENER
RGY-EFFIC
CIENT
• Goal: 0 accident. PRODDUCT
• To prevent potential risks related to our business. • To choose technical solutions and high-performance materials for a durable
• To raise awareness among employees to acquire and develop ecological product.
reflexes. • To propose spare parts to increase the lifespan of our products.
• To promote well-being at work to establish a lasting trusting relationship • To improve energy efficiency and reduce the users’ energy consumption
with our employees. thanks to MARECHAL ELECTRIC butt-style contact technology.

2. RATIO
ONAL AN
ND REASO
ONABLE USE OFF
RESO
OURCES TO
O REDUC
CE OUR FOOTPR
RINT
• To control our water, and energy.
• To encourage good practices for the environment.
• To reduce our paper printing.
• To sort our waste to facilitate recycling.
• To favour local distribution channels, as close as possible to
our suppliers.

6
DECONTTACTOR™,, CONNE
ECTIVITY TO
O REDUC
CE YOUR
ENVIRON
NMENTAL FOOTPRIN
NT
DECONTACTOR™, has been developed in response to a need to limit the • investment: the DECONTACTOR™ is an industrial socket with an integrated
heating of the contacts being an excellent compensation of the thermal switch, it is not a simple plug.
cycle thanks to the butt-contact technology. The quality of the materials • installation : our 5 A to 250 A DECONTACTOR™ break under load, hence
used and especially the silver-nickel tips on the end of our contacts do not require a contactor-fed pilot.,
guarantee little contact resistance and excellent environmental perfor- • use: the DECONTACTOR™ with its silver-nickel butt-contact technology
mances in extreme environments. reduces heat dissipation compared with pins and sleeves solutions, generating
less energy consumption,
Investing in MARECHAL ELECTRIC's solutions is therefore the guarantee • maintenance: spare parts are available for repairing damaged components,
of a measurable return on investment at all stages of the life cycle of the thus avoiding waste and pollution.
products :
MARECHAL ELECTRIC products are internationally recognised for their
durability which can reach more than 40 years.

THE REPA
AIRABILITY INDEX
The Repairability Index* aims to reduce obsolescence by providing infor- availability of spare parts, availability ofdocumentation, accessibility of
mation on whether a product is repairable or not at the time of purchase after-sales service, ease of repair, price of spare parts.
and thus extending its life and use. It is based on the following criteria: * Decree n°2020-1757 of 27 December 2020 (France).

KEY FEATTURES OF OUR DEC

CONTACTO
OR™

Energy Cost Less cooling needed Less carbon Complementary saving

saving saving (in the data center case) foot print dual voltage construction

SPARE PARTS CAN BE FOUND IN THE ACCESSORIES SECTION

OF OUR CATALOGUE.
PAGE 310

7
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
AND DIRECTIVES

EUROPEAN REGULATION
Created in 1993, the European Union internal market is a single market where, Order relating to removable electrical devices
among others, goods can circulate freely between the different countries of and their conditions of connection and use.
the Union. Furthermore, the safety and the protection of persons and of the This Order was published in the Official Journal on
environment is one of the main purposes of the European Regulation. 27 January 2012. It stipulates:
MINISTERIAL Art. 6. − The joining or separation of the two parts
For this reason any manufacturer of potentially risky products for the end user DECREE DATED of power sockets, extension cords and current
has to affix the CE marking (meaning “European Conformity”) previously to 20/12/2011 connectors with a rating higher than 32 amps,
place the product on the single market complying with the requirements of must only be able to be performed off load.
the applicable European Regulation. All MARECHAL® appliances comply with this order.
For the products intended to be used in potentially explosive atmospheres,
the ATEX Directive 2014/34/UE is applicable.
IEC/EN INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
For products intended for industrial purposes, the Low Voltage Directive (LVD)
2014/35/UE is applicable. MARECHAL® devices comply with the following standards:
• IEC/EN 60309-1 :
The ATEX and LVD directives require that a product complies with the essential power outlets for industrial uses - Part 1: General rules
safety requirements: • IEC/EN 60309-4 :
“Electrical equipment may be made available on the Union market only if, Power outlets for industrial uses - Part 4: Switched socket-outlets and
[…] it does not endanger the health and safety of persons […] or property.” connectors with or without interlock.

To reach this aim, the manufacturer can use the applicable harmonized The break capacity of the MARECHAL® DECONTACTOR™ is tested according
European standards (EN standards) conferring a presumption of conformity of to the following standard:
the product regarding the requirements of the applicable European Directive. • IEC/EN 60947-3 : low voltage appliances - Part 3: Switches, disconnectors,
Then the manufacturer can affix the CE marking on the product and place it switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units.
on the single market .
For specific uses, the MARECHAL® appliances comply with the following standard:
®
In the case MARECHAL devices would be associated with devices or spare • IEC/EN 61984 : connectors.
parts other than from MARECHAL®, MARECHAL ELECTRIC S.A.S.’s responsibility
cannot be engaged, and the marking is invalidated. All MARECHAL products for ATEX comply with the following standard:
• IEC/EN 60079.
All MARECHAL® appliances are consistent with the LVD and are
manufactured within the framework of an ISO 9001 quality control UL/CSA AMERICAN STANDARDS
system. MARECHAL® devices comply with the following standards:
• UL 1682 (United States) and CSA C22.2 N° 182.1-07 (Canada) : power
Compliance with the French Labour Code, article R.4226-12, in accordance sockets and connectors.
with the decree Royal Spanish 842/2002 REBT, ITC- BT-19, in conformity with • UL 2682 (United States) : power sockets with break capacity for motor
the American standard NFPA70E connection.

8
DEFINITIONS

Ingress protection 1st digit: protection against solid 2nd digit: protection against ingress of
according to IEC/EN 60529 foreign objects water
2 = protection against dangerous live 4 = protection against water splashes
parts with a finger 5 = protection against water jets
4 = protection against dangerous live 6 = protection against powerful water
parts with a wire of a diameter jets (fire hose)
superior or equal to 1mm 7 = protection against a 30-minutes
5 = protection against dust immersion up to 1m
6 = dustproof 8 = protection against a prolonged
immersion for a determined period
9 = protection against high pressure
water jets at high temperature

Index of resistance IK08 = withstands a shock of 1.7 kg to 30 cm (5 joules)

to mechanical shocks IK09 = withstands a shock of 5 kg to 20 cm (10 joules)
according to IEC/EN 62262 IK10 = withstands a shock of 5 kg to 40 cm (20 joules)

Switching capacity AC-21 = Resistive on load breaking (simple switchgear, lighting)

according to IEC/EN 60947-3 AC-22 = Mix resistive and inductive on load breaking
AC-23 = High inductive on load breaking (motor)
AC-3 = Start And Switching Off - Squirrel Cage Motors

Pilot and Pilot

auxiliary A pilot circuit is meant to electrically control a switchgear that energizes/
de-energizes a socket-outlet after plugging, and before unplugging an
apparatus, to protect the operator.
This switchgear is controlled:
• by means of a microswitch located inside the socket-outlet (non-crossing pilot
circuit), mechanically operated by the plug;
• by means of a contact or a pair of contacts, plug side and socket-outlet side
(crossing pilot circuit), that make last and break first (LIFO: last-in/first-out),
integrated in the control circuit.
Auxiliaries
Addidional to the main contacts, auxiliary contacts are located plug side and
socket-outlet side, and are intended for signal, communication, thermistor, etc...

HAZARDOUS AREA CERTIFICATION

Certification according to European directive 2014/34/EU on

ATEX all equipments used in or related to explosive atmospheres.
Complying with international standards for electrical and non-electrical
IECEx
equipment for use in potentially explosive atmosphere areas.
Presence of potentially explosive
Permanent Occasional Rare
atmosphere

Zoning for gas & vapours Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2

Zoning for dust & fiber Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22

Performance level of MARECHAL® devices.

9
DECONTACTOR™
TECHNOLOGY

DECONTACTOR™,
A ONE OF A KIND DESIGN IN THE WORLD
The DECONTACTOR™ is a device which combines
• the advantages of a power socket,
• and the performance of a switch.
With 70 years of research and innovation, the DECONTACTOR™ range offers a
level of reliability and safety not yet equalled anywhere in the world.
It allows devices to be connected and disconnected thousands of times and
in the most severe environments in perfect safety for the user!

BUTT CONTACT WITH A SILVER-NICKEL TIP

The MARECHAL® DECONTACTOR™ and connectors are all fitted with butt
contacts with silver-nickel tips. They provide exceptional connection quality
by eliminating the damage due to electric arcs and wear seen with pin and
sleeve sockets. Silver is an excellent conductor of current even when oxidized.
Conductivity is optimal even in the presence of vibration and temperature
variation thanks to the pressure of the springs.

CRIMPED BRAIDS
The MARECHAL® contact uses a crimped braid with a spring which provides
contact performance and tolerances superior to pin and sleeve contacts. The
flexibility of the braid and the spring allows the base contact tip to always be
perfectly aligned with the plug contact tip. These contacts, which are silver
and anti-corrosion treated, offer very good corrosion resistance.

Split terminal
(allows constant force)
Conductor ELASTIC LOCK TERMINALS
MARECHAL® contacts are fitted with «elastic lock» connection terminals.
The wire clamp is split and surrounded by an elliptical deforming ring. This
method allows the tightening force on the wire to be constant. Hence despite
the creep of the conductor, the variations of temperature and vibration, the
Elliptical Deforming Ring conductor wire is perfectly connected to the contact terminal.
(Prevents loosening)

SAFETY SHUTTER
DECONTACTOR™ sockets are fitted with an interlocked safety shutter which
prevents access to live contacts. This shutter only unlocks at the time of
connection of the plug into the socket which avoids any risk of electric shock.

CASING MADE FROM ADVANCED MATERIALS

MARECHAL® range connectors and DECONTACTOR™ have casings made from
glass fibre reinforced polyester GRP, or metal depending on the models.
This choice of material contributes to the excellent mechanical performance
and longevity of the socket.

10
 MARECHAL® TECHNOLOGY ADVANTAGES

DECONTACTOR™,
Saves you from buying and installing a contactor or
Socket-outlet with integrated switch up to
wiring pilots. Guarantees disconnection on load.
250A

Safety shutter No access to the live parts of the socket-outlet.

Local disconnection possible, fast maintenance or

Breaking capacity AC-22/AC-23
repair, reduction of downtimes.

Prevents unintentional connections and disconnections

Padlocking facility
while keeping the operator safe from any hazard.

Automatic IP66/IP67/IP69 ingress protection,

once the socket-outlet lid is shut or once the Resistance to high pressure cleaning up to +80°C.
inlet has mated with the socket-outlet

Disconnection and padlocking are possible in hazardous

ATEX/IECEx areas. This simplifies maintenance in hazardous
locations.

Tamb -40 °C/+60 °C Materials resist harsh weather conditions.

A 5-pole socket-outlet can be mated with 2-pole, 3-pole,

Dual voltage 230 V/400 V
4-pole and 5-pole inlet plugs.
GRP IK09
Materials with high mechanical endurances.
Metal IK09/IK10

Better conductivity.
Butt contact with silver-nickel plated tip No corrosion, unlike copper or brass contacts.
Low resistance = lower current consumption.

Further certification schemes and bodies:

No hassle exporting your machines all over the world.
LCIE, VDE, UL, CSA, BV Marine, EAC...

Up to 24 keying positions Identify and secure dedicated circuits.

Auxiliaries Signal & control transmission.

Pilots Electrical Interlocking.

ECONOMY OF INSTALLATION: DUAL-VOLTAGE BI-TENSION

With a single socket-outlet base (e.g.: 3 PNE - 230/400 V) it is possible to accommodate 3 different plugs:
• a 3 PNE - 400 V plug,
• a 3 PE – 400 V plug,
• a 1 PNE - 230 V.
This compatibility provides real savings on the installation of these sockets for the user.

400 V plug - 3P+E 230 V plug - 1P+N+E

400 V plug - 3P+N+E Industrial-domestic

adapter with 1P+N+E /
230/400 V socket-outlet 230 V - 10/16 A domestic
3P+N+E socket

11
DECONTACTOR™
TECHNOLOGY

DESIGNED FOR EFFICIENCY AND SAFETY

The quality of the material, the design, the assembly and the inspection of each component are at the core of our know-how and the
MARECHAL® technology.
They each provide a precise function that optimizes the performance, safety and sustainability of our sockets and your installations.

11

1 2

11
3 4

5
6

9 8
10

Silver-nickel contacts:
ΠGasket colour confirms voltage rating: as per standards
‘ excellent electrical conductivity and performance

Load break release button: Integral cable gland with adaptable range-take and cable
 The plug ejects when acting on the latch ’ anchoring: up to IP69

Central earth contact:

Ž Arc chamber
“ no danger of mis-wiring

Silver-plated contacts:
 Automatic watertightness: up to IP69
” anti-corrosion treatment

Safety shutter prevents unwanted access to contacts: user Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP) or metal casing: excellent
 safety (IP4X/IPXXD) • mechanical strength

Spring-loaded terminals: resistance to vibration and copper creep

12
MARECHAL MODULARITY

Wall Inclined
Inclined Coupler Appliance Wall mounting
Socket-outlet mounting Plug appliance
socket socket inlet appliance inlet
socket inlet
Appliance Appliance Appliance Appliance
Active part Socket-outlet Socket-outlet Socket-outlet Socket-outlet
inlet inlet inlet inlet

Mounting Inclined Inclined

/ Wall box Handles Handles / Wall box
accessories sleeve sleeve

IEC 60309-1 NORM TERMINOLOGY

Supply
Plug and
Socket-outlet
socket-outlet
Plug

Flexible cable

Socket
Cable coupler

Plug

Appliance
Connector Appliance
inlet
coupler

13
 TENSION/FRÉQUENCE

DECONTACTOR™
TECHNOLOGY

24 POSSIBILITIES FOR VOLTAGE/FREQUENCY INTERLOCKING

The interlock device is associated with coding positions on the electrical connectors. It enables 24 different positions that are distinguished
by voltage/frequency. This is achieved by machining the relevant ‘notch’ on the coding ring. The colours in the rows of the table below
correspond to the international voltage standard. These are the colours of the rings and labels on the bases and connectors.

Keying
exemple

Socket-outlet Inlet
interior interior

Keying Keying
positions positions
2P, 2P+N
20-24 V AC AC 08 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 01
3P, 3+N

2P, 2P+N 220-250 V 2P+N+E,

20-24 V AC AC 60 Hz 02 AC 01
3P, 3+N 380-440 V 3P+N+E

2P, 2P+N
25-28 V AC 06 220-250 V AC 60 Hz 2P+E, 3P+E 07
3P, 3+N

2P, 2P+N
40-48 V AC 13 220-250 V DC 2P+E 20
3P, 3+N

110-125 V AC 60 Hz 1P+N+E 07 255-277 V AC 60 Hz 1P+N+E 04

110-125 V 2P+N+E, 255-277 V 2P+N+E,

AC 60 Hz 07 AC 60 Hz 04
220-250 V 3P+N+E 440-480 V 3P+N+E

110-130 V AC 1P+N+E 03 347 V AC 60 Hz 1P+N+E 14

110-130 V 2P+N+E, 347 V 2P+N+E,

AC 03 AC 60 Hz 14
190-230 V 3P+N+E 600 V 3P+N+E
380-400 V 2P+N+E,
110-130 V DC 2P+E 10 AC 19
660-690 V 3P+N+E

115-127 V AC 200 Hz 1P+N+E 12 380-440 V AC 2P+E, 3P+E 01

115-127 V 2P+N+E,
AC 200 Hz 12 380-440 V AC 1P+N+E 19
200-220 V 3P+N+E

115-127 V AC 400 Hz 1P+N+E 11 440-480 V AC 60 Hz 2P+E, 3P+E 04

115-127 V 2P+N+E,
AC 400 Hz 11 480-500 V AC 2P+E, 3P+E 09
200-220 V 3P+N+E

120-127 V AC 60 Hz 1P+N+E 16 600 V AC 60 Hz 2P+E, 3P+E 14

120-127 V 2P+N+E,
AC 60 Hz 16 660-690 V AC 2P+E, 3P+E 19
208-220 V 3P+N+E

190-230 V AC 2P+E, 3P+E 03 1P+N+E,

2P+E,
2P+N+E,
200-220 V AC 200 Hz 2P+E, 3P+E 12 1 000 V AC 22
2P+N+E,
3P+E,
200-220 V AC 400 Hz 2P+E, 3P+E 11 3P+N+E

208-220 V AC 60 Hz 2P+E, 3P+E AC = 50/60 Hz

16

14
 DECONTACTOR™ ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION
socket outlet + integrated switch Industrial socket with external switch

63 A product (identical scale)

Switch
Mandatory above 32 A
(or 1 kW in Italy)

Socket-outlet

Plug
Socket-outlet

Plug

DECONTACTOR™
ADVANTAGES
• Ease of installation : no pilot conductor or upstream contactor.
• No compulsory switch required, even beyond 32 A.
• More compact.
• Cable extension possibility.

COMPARATIVE HEATING CURVE

Temperature rise (K)

IEC 60309-2 device
E
max

0,63 E DECONTACTOR™
max

Time
Thanks to their low internal resistance, our DECONTACTOR have a long time constant: they slowly reach the equilibrium temperature and can withstand
temporary overcurrent with no excessive heating.
Electrical appliances which comply with IEC 60309-2 will reach critical temperature much quicker in case of overcurrent.

15
EVO
TECHNOLOGY

A DUAL FUNCTION FOR A SINGLE PRODUCT

SWITCH THE FIRST DISCONNECTOR

SEPARABLE SWITCH-
DISCONNECTOR

EVO

CLEAR BREAKIN
NG AND SEPARABILITY FOR 100% VISUAL ISOLATTION
IP66/IP67/IP69
9 WATERPROOFING IN THE ON AND OFF POSITIO
ONS
S
COMPACT DESIGN
STANDARD PADLOCKING
ECTRICAL ENDURANCE > 15 000 CYCLES
ELE

16
SEPARABLE SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR

Cage terminals improving conductivity

and vibration resistance

Colour Coded terminals

1, 2, 3, 4/N, 5, 6
Double break
AC-22A/AC-23A (18,5 kW)
AC-3 (11 kW) Ergonomic handle
Screwless fixings

IP4X safety shutter

Protection from live parts

Contacts on silver alloy tips

(anti-corrosion treatment)
Protective cover

Glass reinforced poly IP66/IP67/IP69 automatic waterproofing

enclosure in ON and OFF positions

17
STANDARDS AND
TECHNOLOGY

In some environments, the occurrence of potentially explosive atmospheres may result from the
presence of combustible gases, vapors, aerosols, or dusts.
In case of ignition, the effects can be destructive (devastating) for both workers and facilities.

KNOW ITS ATMOSPHERE

In the workplace, explosive atmospheres may occur due to the presence of: Identification of Substances
• gases and vapors: fuels for heating or drying installations, storage of The danger of an explosive atmosphere depends on its concentration of
combustible gases, vapors of flammable solvents stored or handled ; flammable substances, but also on the characteristics of these substances.
• combustible dusts likely to form explosive clouds within the air during It is necessary to divide these substances according to two classifications
routine operations (loading or unloading of powdery products, dust removal of hazardous properties:
from filters...) such as flour, sugar, wood dusts, cereal dusts, metal dusts... 1. gas groups and dust groups,
2. self-ignition temperature (temperature classes for gases).
From potentially explosive atmosphere to explosion
An explosion results from: The lower the energy it is necessary to ignite a substance, the more
• a mixture of air (oxidizing), dangerous the substance is said to be.
• combustible substances in sufficient proportions (flammable substance),
• an ignition source: high temperature, electrical arcing, static electricity,
lightning, flames, GAS GROUP SUBDIVISIONS
• and finally ideal atmospheric conditions (pressure, temperatures, etc…).
This is how we refer to the explosion triangle. Propane IIA
DANGEROUSNESS

Ethylene IIB

Acetylene

IIC

Hydrogen

Triangle of explosion Group IIB classified devices are suitable for applications requiring Group IIA
devices. Similarly, group IIC classified devices are suitable for applications
requiring Group IIA or Group IIB devices.

Oxidizing DUST GROUP SUBDIVISIONS

Flammable
(Oxygen from
substance Combustible particles suspended
air) IIIA
EXPLOSION in the air

Non-conductive dust IIIB

Source of ignition with

Conductive dust IIIC
sufficient energy

Group IIIB classified devices are suitable for applications requiring Group IIA
devices. Similarly, group IIIC classified devices are suitable for applications
requiring Group IIIA or Group IIIB devices.

18
The lower the ignition temperature, the more dangerous the substance Equipment classified T6 is suitable for an atmosphere with an ignition
is. Therefore, equipment are classified from T1 to T6 according to the temperature of T5, T4, T3, T2 or T1.
maximum surface temperature (or temperature of the hottest point Note:the ignition temperature of a gas is not related to its danger.
depending on the type of protection). Even though hydrogen is an extremely explosive gas (necessary energy
to ignite hydrogen atmosphere is about 10 times less than a natural gas
atmosphere), it is T1 classified as its self-ignition temperature is very high
(560 °C).

MAXIMUM SURFACE TEMPERATURE EXAMPLES OF IGNITION TEMPERATURES

FLAMMABLE IGNITION
TEMPERATURE CLASS MAXIMUM VALUE °C
SUBSTANCES TEMPERATURE

Hydrogène 560 °C (T1)

T1 450 °C
Méthane 537 °C (T1)

Ethylène 425 °C (T2)

T2 300 °C
Gaz/Vapeur Acétylène 305 °C (T2)

Kérosène 210 °C (T3)

DANGEROUSNESS

T3 200 °C Ether 175 °C (T4)

Disulphite de Carbone 95 °C (T6)

T4 135 °C Fibre de papier 570 °C (T1)

Aluminium 560 °C (T1)

Blé 510 °C (T1)

T5 100 °C
Poussières/fibres
Bois 500 °C (T1)

Sucre 490 °C (T1)

T6 85 °C
Polyéthylène 440 °C (T1)

IDENTIFY ITS ZONES

HAZARDOUS AREAS

Certification according the European Directive 2014/34/EU related potentially explosive

ATEX atmospheres

IECEx Certification according international standards related to equipment used in hazardous areas

Presence of potentially explosive atmosphere Permanent Occasional Rare

Zoning applicable to gas and vapors Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2

Choice of equipment protection level Ga Ga - Gb Ga - Gb -Gc

Zoning applicable to dusts and fibers Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22

Choice of equipment protection level Da Da - Db Da - Db -Dc

MARECHAL® offer.

19
STANDARDS AND
TECHNOLOGY

AVOID IGNITION
Products intended to operate in potentially explosive atmosphere must :
• Prevent the formation of an arc likely to cause an explosion or contain inflammation,
• Resist shocks, to a higher degree than usually is required for normal industrial products,
• Not to be likely to accumulate electrostatic charges that may generate a spark,
• Have a maximum temperature below the self-ignition temperature of the surrounding atmosphere.

From the design of the equipment, it is necessary to consider the type(s) of protection adapted to the equipment intended to be installed in potentially
explosive atmospheres by acting on one of the following actions:
• deletion of the potentially explosive atmosphere
• deletion of the source of ignition,
• non-propagation of ignition.
The design and verification rules for these types of protection are regulated by international standards and the devices are identified by letters (see table).

APPLICABLE
ACTION DESCRIPTION OF TYPE OF PROTECTION IDENTIFICATION APPLICATION
STANDARD

Ex pxb

Zone 1, Zone 21
Pressurized enclosure: a protective gas maintains
a pressure higher than the one of the external EN/IEC 60079-2 Ex pyb
atmosphere.

Ex pzc Zone 2, Zone 22

Restricted breathing enclosure: in normal

operation, to restrict the entry of gases, EN/IEC 60079-15 Ex nR Zone 2
vapours and mists
DELETION OF THE POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

Ex ob Zone 1
Liquid immersion : explosive gas atmosphere
which may be above the liquid or outside EN/IEC 60079-6
the enclosure cannot be ignited
Ex oc Zone 2

Ex ma Zone 0, Zone 20

Encapsulated: hazardous parts completely

EN/IEC 60079-18 Ex mb Zone 1, Zone 21
enclosed in a resin

Ex mc Zone 2, Zone 22

Hermetically-sealed device: in normal operation,

EN/IEC 60079-15 Ex nC Zone 2
device which cannot be opened and is sealed

Ex ta Zone 20

Dust ignition protection by enclosure:

EN/IEC 60079-31 Zone 21
limitation of dusts ingress (IP X5 or IP X6)

Ex tc Zone 22

20
 APPLICABLE
ACTION DESCRIPTION OF TYPE OF PROTECTION IDENTIFICATION APPLICATION
STANDARD

Ex eb Zone 1
Increased safety: measures to prevent excessive
EN/IEC 60079-7
temperature and occurrence of arcs or sparks
Ex ec Zone 2
DELETION OF THE SOURCE OF IGNITION

Ex ia Zone 0, Zone 20

Intrinsically safe: limitation of electrical energy at

EN/IEC 60079-11 Ex ib Zone 1, Zone 21
a level below that which may cause ignition

Ex ic Zone 2, Zone 22

Non-incendive component: in normal operation,

component having contacts for making or
breaking a specified circuit in which the EN/IEC 60079-15 Ex nC Zone 2
mechanism is constructed so that the component
is not capable of causing ignition

Ex da Zone 0
NON-PROPAGATION OF IGNITION

Flameproof enclosure: the ignition can occur

inside the enclosure but can be transmitted to the EN/IEC 60079-1 Ex db Zone 1
external atmosphere.

Ex dc Zone 2

Powder filling: the parts capable of igniting an

explosive gas atmosphere completely surrounded EN/IEC 60079-5 Ex q Zone 1
by filling material (example glass beads)

Other types of protection exist: Protection of equipment and transmission systems using optical radiation (op pr, op is,...), ventilated rooms (v),...
Non-electrical equipment can also create potential sources of ignition and to address this problem, there are types of protection for these devices

21
STANDARDS AND
TECHNOLOGY

FOCUS ON MAIN TYPES OF PROTECTION

Flameproof enclosure: Ex da, db or dc

Flameproof equipment is an enclosure in which devices/components
capable of igniting an explosive gas atmosphere are enclosed.
Flameproof enclosures must:
• contain an internal explosion without casing deformation (withstand of
explosion pressure),
• ensure that ignition is not transmitted to the surrounding atmosphere,
• have an external temperature lower than the self-ignition temperature of
the atmosphere.

The construction parameters for flameproof equipment depending on the

gas group for which the equipment is intended, are essential in order to
meet all three criteria:
• type of flamepath : thread, flat surface, sealed path, cylindrical,…
• the length of flamepath,
• the space between the 2 surfaces of the flamepath (=gap),
• thickness of walls.

In order to guarantee the properties of the types of protection, it is

necessary to:
• check the tightness of all screws for the closing of the lids and cable entries,
• check the screwing of blanking devices, if present,
• never modify the equipment.

Example of an explosion-proof enclosure with a flat flame passage.

Increased safety: Ex eb or ec
Increased safety equipment must, by design and with a high level of safety,
provide the possibility of excessive temperature and occurrence of arcs or
sparks during normal operation or under specified abnormal conditions.
In difference to flameproof enclosure, all devices or components installed
in the increased safety enclosure must, in advance, be ATEX/IECEx certified
for the appropriate application (or assessed with the enclosure) and must
also be listed in the certificate.

22
These enclosures must be at least IP54. The electrical parameters are
defined by the temperature rise and the clearances and creepage distances,
which are different than the ones defined in industrial standards.
The quality of the connection is essential in the protection of the increased
safety equipment.

MARECHAL sockets are equipped with elastic connections terminals with

thread protection tabs, in order to prevent the deterioration of the threads
and to ensure a uniform pressure on the strands (heating control).
Terminals for connecting to a MARECHAL® Ex socket.

Combinaison: Ex db eb/db eb mb
To design safe equipment that can be installed in a potentially explosive atmosphere, it is essential to apply the most appropriate type of protection. The
DECONTACTOR™ combines several modes of protection.

Example of an ATEX and IECEx certified DECONTACTOR™

II 2 G D Ex db eb IIC T6 ou T5 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T70 °C ou T90 °C Db

Ex eb and Ex tb casing

Ex db casing

Ex eb and Ex tb casing

Ex eb connection terminals

23
ITEM
REFERENCING

7 DIGITS FOR BASIC PRODUCTS

+ 3 DIGITS FOR SPECIALS PRODUCTS
Main option combination suffixes page 309.

1ST DIGIT 2ND DIGIT 3RD DIGIT

PRODUCT LINE CASING RATING

0 = PN - PNC IEC : 1 = BLUE POLY 16 A E = PNC

1 = DN 5 = BLACK POLY 30 A N/2 = PN
2 = DX - DXN - DXA 9 = METAL 20 A 8
3 = DS 30 A 1
= DN
4 = PF - SP - CS- SPeX UL : 3 = BLUE POLY 50 A 3
5 = ACCESSORIES 7 = METAL 90 A 6
6 = DSN 6 = BLACK METAL 30 A 1
8 = EVO 50 A 3
9 = BOXES 90 A 6
= DS/DX
150 A 9
250 A 2
400 A 4
20 A 1
32 A 3 = DSN/DXN/DXA
63 A 6
315 A 3
= PFQ
400 A 4
500 A 5
= PFC
600 A 6
40 A 4 = EVO
400 A 3 = CS1000
680 A 4 = SPeX
700 A 4 = SP

24
OUR CONFIGURATOR IS AVAILABLE ON OUR
WEBSITE
marechal.com/configurator

4TH DIGIT 5TH & 6TH DIGIT 7TH DIGIT

TYPE VOLTAGE POLARITY

Male 08 = 20-24 V AC Alternative current (AC)

1 = Plug (with handle) 06 = 25-28 V AC 5 = 1P+N+E
6 = Wall mounting appliance inlet (with box) 13 = 40-48 V AC 3 = 3P+E
8 = Appliance inlet (male) semi-recessed 03 = 110-130/190-230 V AC 4 = 4P+E (EVO)
9 = Inclined appliance inlet 01 = 220-250/380-440 V AC 7 = 3P+N+E
(with sleeve) 09 = 480-500 V AC D = 1P+N
19 = 400/690 V AC A = 2P (L1, L2)
Female 22 = 1 000 V AC E = 2P (L1, L3)
0 = Wall mounting socket (with box) G = 2P+N
3 = Coupler socket (with handle) 02 = 20-24 V 60 Hz B = 3P
7 = Inclined socket (with sleeve) 16 = 120-208 V 60 Hz C = 3P+N
4 = Socket-outlet (female) semi-recessed 07 = 110-125/220-250 V 60 Hz L = 2P+2P
04 = 255-277/440-480 V 60 Hz H = 1P+E
14 = 347-600 V 60 Hz 2 = 2P+E
6 = 2P+N+E
12 = 115-127/200-220 V 200 Hz 6 = 6P+E (EVO)
11 = 115-127/200-220 V 400 Hz M = 2P+2P+E

10 = 110-130 V DC Direct current (DC)

20 = 220-250 V DC 8 = 2P+E Double breaking point
9 = 2P+E
03 = 220-250 V AC J = 3P (-/+/0 V)
01 = 380-480 V AC K = 3P+E (-/+/0 V/T)
05 = 500-690 V AC N = 2P+2P
Other voltages and frequencies P = 2P+2P+E
are available on request, Z = 2P
see table page 14.

25
MAIN FEATURES

40ÌA

EVO
SEPARABLE SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR
Up to 6 poles + earth
KEY FEATURES Smooth sleek design, no visible fastening screws
Surface mounting dimension restricted to 120 mm
IP4X on supply side
IP66/IP67/IP69 tightness in ON and OFF positions when supply and load parts are connected,
including when separated using plug caps
Visible and distinctly obvious breaking
Manœuvering speed independent of the operator's applied force
Padlockable in OFF position

A UNIQUE PRODUCT
EVO40 is a manually operated separable switch-disconnector, Once the supply and load parts have been separated, a safety
with configurations from 2 to 6 poles + Earth. shutter prevents any risk of electric shock (IP4X/IPXXD).
The robust mechanism allows distinctly and visibly
Compliant with IEC/EN 60947-1 and 60947-3 standards, separated disconnection and separation even in the event
EVO40 allows for frequent making and breaking on load, while of overload currents.
ensuring safe isolation of any low voltage electrical circuit:
resistive (AC-21A), mixed resistive/inductive (AC-22A) or Thanks to the compact design, EVO40 can be configured
inductive (AC-23A). EVO40 also allows for on load making & to be panel-mounted or flush-mounted on a wall box with
breaking of all electric motors (AC-3), as per IEC/EN 60943-3 varying angles. Other standard features include: padlockable
standard requirements. accessory, hidden screws, and a smooth, crevice-free design.

Equipped with self-cleaning silver alloy contact tips and a The quality of EVO40 materials offers flexibility in the most
unique and patented mechanism, our new technological demanding of applications in terms of hygiene, robustness
concept combines the functionalities of a switch and an isolator. and reliability (IP66/IP67/IP69 and IK09): Halogen-free;
UL94-Standard compliant self-extinguishing materials; resistant
The design facilitates successive double breaking pole by to hot vapours (tropicalisation as per IEC 60068-2) as well as
pole, which ensures optimal safety during any maintenance UVs (class f1), corrosion and chemical agents.
operation.

EVO FACILITATES THE COMPLIANCE OF:

• electrical machinery to the "Machinery" European Directive EVO complies with the following standards:
on isolating device, and to standards EN 12100 and EN • EC/EN 60947-1/-3/-4/-5 : Low-voltage switchgear and
60204-1, controlgear - Part 3: Switches, disconnectors, switch-dis-
• electrical installations to installation standards: IEC/HD 60364 connectors and fuse-combination units.
and NF C 15-100 (French) or other national transposition.

26
 EVO
EVO is a switch-disconnector with visible and • securing and simplifying interventions: for
fully apparent breaking. As such, it is not subject maintenance or replacement of an equipment,
to the obligation of a 30 mA residual current EVO can be separated in two parts, by means
device (RCD). of a tool, and padlocked. When separated,
EVO has an IP4X/IPXXD rating. It is therefore
EVO allows:
not necessary to use authorized personnel or
• continuity of service: no unwanted tripping, protection procedures.
no production loss;
• space saving and cost reduction;

EVO

Conventional solution EVO Solution

27
MAIN FEATURES

40ÌA

EVO
SEPARABLE SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR

LOAD BREAK ROTARY SWITCH

• Simple operation
• Waterproof in ON and OFF positions

SEPARATED POSITION

O O
FF

POSITION 00 POSITION 0FF

O
O O
O FF
FF
N
N

POSITION 0N

O
FF

O N

28
POSSIBLE INSTALLATIONS
• Inclined sleeve or wall box
• Inclined sleeve on box
• Straight sleeve under box
• Coupler

29
 EVO

6ÌPOLES 18,5 kW
690 V

SEPARABLE SWITCH-
DISCONNECTOR EVO40

IP66 2,5-10 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -25 °C See table 60947-1/-3/-4/-5
IP67/IP69 2,5-16 mm² (2)
+60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). SWITCHING CAPACITY
kW/V 230 V 400 V 690 V

AC-21 A/AC-22 A 40 A 40 A 40 A

AC-23 A 11 kW 18,5 kW 18,5 kW

A padlock key is
provided with each AC-3 7,5 kW 11 kW 11 kW
source
OTHER FEATURES
Electrical Load cycles 15 000 cycles*

Ui : Rated insulation voltage 1 000 V AC

Umax : Operational voltage 690 V

Ithe : Conventional enclosed thermal current 40 A

Uimp : Rated impulse withstand voltage 8 kV

Icc : Rated short-circuit breaking current capacity with gG fuses and aM fuse 100 kA

Icm : Rated short-circuit making current capacity 1 kA

* In AC-23A 690 V AC/40 A service operation.

30
 18,5 KW EVO

REFERENCES

Straight 70° inclined 90° wall

Voltage Poles Supply Load Handle(1)
sleeve sleeve box(2)

2P+E 8144032 8148032

3P+E 8144033 8148033

200-250 V AC 51LM0 51LM7 51LP0D21 51LC9000
4P+E 8144034 8148034

6P+E 8144036 8148036

2P+E 8144012 8148012

3P+E 8144013 8148013

380-480 V AC 51LM0 51LM7 51LP0D21 51LC9000
4P+E 8144014 8148014

6P+E 8144016 8148016

2P+E 8144052 8148052

3P+E 8144053 8148053

500-690 V AC 51LM0 51LM7 51LP0D21 51LC9000
4P+E 8144054 8148054

6P+E 8144056 8148056

2P+E 8144122 8148122

3P+E 8144123 8148123

Umax 690 V AC 51LM0 51LM7 51LP0D21 51LC9000
4P+E 8144124 8148124

6P+E 8144126 8148126

Load side cap IP66/IP67 padlockable Included 814A426G

(1) Gland size 5-21 mm.

(2) Without drilling, top entry. Reversible wall box for 50° angle with bottom entry.

ADDITIONAL PADLOCKING KEYS

Packaging = 10 814A541

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS

613A541

31
 18,5 KW EVO

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
Dimensions are in millimeters.

STRAIGHT SLEEVE

C A E1

E2

A B C E1 E2
209 256 94 52 45

INCLINED SLEEVE 70° ON FLEXIBLE CABLE

A C
E1

D E2

A B C D E1 E2 A B
127 286 110 128 95 100 279 81

32
 18,5 KW EVO

REVERSIBLE WALL BOX 50° AND 90°

C
A1 A2 E1

D E2

B1

B2

A1 A2 B1 B2 C D E1 E2
236 118 236 301 110 120 95 74

MANCHON 70° SUR BOITIER B2

C
A E1

E2

A B C E1 E2
220 305 178 157 145,5

33
 DECONTACTOR™ ET PRISES
INDUSTRIELLES

DECONTACTOR™
& INDUSTRIAL SOCKET-OUTLET

U MAX MAX NB OF MAX NUMBER DECONTACTOR™

MODEL CURRENT
AC CONTACTS OF AUX./PIL. (BREAK: AC)

PNC 16 A 480 V 4+E / /

DSN1 20 A 500 V 4+E 2 PIL. AC-22/AC-23

PN 30 A 500 V 4+E / /

PNHT 30 A 500 V 4+E / /

DS1 30 A 690 V 4+E 2 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

DSN3 32 A 690 V 4+E 2 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

DS3 50 A 1 000 V 4+E 4 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

FC 50 A 500 V 4+E / /

DSN6 63 A 1 000 V 4+E 4 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

DS6 90 A 1 000 V 4+E 4 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

DSHT 125 A 440 V 4+E 2 AUX. /

DS9 150 A 1 000 V 4+E 6 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

DS2 250 A 1 000 V 4+E 6 AUX. AC-22/AC-23

DS2 350 A 1 000 V 4+E 2 PIL. /

DS4 400 A 1 000 V 3+E 2 PIL. /

PFQ4 400 A 690 V 4+E 6 AUX. + 2 PIL. /

PFC6 600 A 1 000 V 4+E 2 AUX. + 2 PIL. /

Other currents, voltages, requencies and contacts configurations are available (see page 14).

34
 DOWNLOAD ALL TECHNICAL SHEETS ON OUR
WEBSITE MARECHAL.COM

SELECTION GUIDE

DECONTACTOR™

SOCKET-OUTLET
& INDUSTRIAL
MATERIAL IP EMC OPTION IK PAGE

POLY IP66/IP67/IP69 / IK08 40

POLY IP66/IP67/IP69 / IK09 42

POLY/METAL IP66/IP67 Yes (metal) IK09 46

METAL IP44 / IK09 50

POLY IP55 / IK09 52

POLY IP66/IP67/IP69 / IK09 56

POLY IP55 / IK09 60

POLY IP54 / IK09 64

POLY IP66/IP67/IP69 / IK09 66

POLY/METAL IP66/IP67/IP69 Yes (metal) IK09 70/74

METAL IP44 / IK09 78

POLY/METAL IP66/IP67/IP69 Yes (metal) IK09/IK10 80/84

METAL IP66/IP67 Yes IK10 88

METAL IP66/IP67 Yes IK10 92

METAL IP66/IP67 Yes IK10 96

METAL IP66/IP67 / IK10 102

METAL IP66/IP67 / IK10 106

35
MAIN FEATURES

16ÌA 30ÌA 50ÌA NEW

PNC PN INDUSTRIAL PLUG FC FLAT

CONNECTORS AND SOCKET-OUTLET CONNECTORS
IP66/IP67/IP69 IP66/IP67 IP54
GRP casing GRP or metal casing GRP casing
For flat cables

PNC CONNECTORS PN PLUGS AND SOCKET- FC FLAT CONNECTORS

FACILITATE THE OUTLETS FACILITATE THE FACILITATE THE
COMPLIANCE OF COMPLIANCE OF: COMPLIANCE OF
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION • electrical machinery to the Machinery ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
TO: European Directive regarding isolation TO:
• the national regulations relating to device, • the national regulations relating to
the improvement of safety and health • the national regulations relating to the improvement of safety and health
of workers at work in France, Italy, the improvement of safety and health of workers at work in France, Italy,
Spain, Belgium, of workers at work in France, Italy, Spain, Belgium,
• the installation standards IEC/HD Spain, Belgium, • the installation standards IEC/HD
60364 and NF C 15-100. • the installation standards IEC/HD 60364 and NF C 15-100.
60364 and NF C 15-100.
PNC connectors comply with : FC flat connectors comply with :
• the European Directives Low Voltage, PN plugs and socket-outlets comply • the European Directives Low Voltage,
RoHS (affixing of CE marking), REACH with : RoHS (affixing of CE marking), REACH
European Regulation, • the European Directives Low Voltage, European Regulation,
• the IEC/EN 61984, IEC/EN 60529, IEC/ RoHS (affixing of CE marking), REACH • the IEC/EN 61984, IEC/EN 60529, IEC/
EN 62262 standards. European Regulation, EN 62262 standards.
• the IEC/EN 60309-1, IEC/EN 60309-4
standards (essential requirements) ; UL
1682 (USA) and CSA C22.2 N°182.1-07
(Canada) standards.

36
 20 A 63 A 30 A 250 A

DSN DS
DECONTACTOR™ DECONTACTOR™
IP66/IP67/IP69 IP54/55 (IP66/IP67 from 90 A)
GRP casing GRP casing up to 150 A
Breaking capacity AC-22 and AC- 23 Metal casing from 90 A to 250 A
Up to 4 auxiliaries Breaking capacity AC-22 and AC- 23

DECONTACTOR™ DSN AND DS FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE OF:

• electrical machinery to the Machinery European Directive,
• electrical installation to French decree of 30 aout 2010 and 22 septembre 2010 relating to health and safety at work when
using electrical installations,
• electrical installation to national regulation relating to the improvementof the safety and health of workers at work in Italy,
Spain, Belgium,
• electrical installation to IEC/HD 603064, NF C 15-100 and NFPA70 standards.
DSN and DS DECONTACTOR™ comply with :
• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE marking), REACH European Regulation,
• IEC/EN 60309-1, IEC/EN 60309-4, IEC/EN 60947-3 (dealing with the load breaking capacities AC-22 and AC-23) standards,
• UL 1682, UL 2682 (USA), CSA C22.2 N° 182.1-07 (Canada) standards,
• BV Marine specifications (DSN series, DS9, DS2).

OUR CERTIFICATIONS

France and USA and

Russia Military
International Germany North Canada Australia Naval China
and Eurasia (Mil-S-901D)
Europe America

37
MAIN FEATURES

30ÌA 125 A NEW

PNHT HIGH TEMPERATURE DSHT T HIGH TEMPERATURE

PLUG AND SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG AND SOCKET-OUTLET
High-temperature environment up to 240 °C High-temperature environment up to 150 °C
Metal casing Metal casing

PNHT PLUGS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS DSHT PLUGS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS

FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE TO: FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE OF:
• electrical machinery to the Machinery European Directive • electrical machinery to the Machinery European Directive
regarding isolation device, regarding isolation device,
• electrical installation to national regulation relating to the • electrical installation to French decree of August 30, 2010
improvementof the safety and health of workers at work and September 22, 2010 relating to health and safety at
in Italy, Spain, Belgium, work when using electrical installations,
• electrical installation to IEC/HD 603064 and NF C 15-100 • electrical installation to national regulation relating to the
standards. improvementof the safety and health of workers at work
in Italy, Spain, Belgium,
PNHT plugs and socket-outlets comply with:
• electrical installation to IEC/HD 603064 and NF C 15-100
• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE
standards.
marking), REACH European Regulation.
DSHT plugs and socket-outlets comply with:
• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE
marking), REACH European Regulation.

38
 350 A 400 A 400 A 600 A

DS INDUSTRIAL PLUGS PF INDUSTRIAL PLUGS

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67
Metal casing Plug and socket-outlet casing in painted
aluminium and box in stainless steel
AISI 316L

DS PLUGS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS PF PLUGS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS

FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE TO: FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE
• electrical machinery to the Machinery European Directive ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS TO:
regarding isolation device, • electrical installation to French decree of 30 aout 2010 and
• electrical installation to IEC/HD 603064 and NF C 15-100 22 septembre 2010 relating to health and safety at work
standards. when using electrical installations,
DS plugs and socket-outlets comply with: • electrical installation to IEC/HD 603064 and NF C 15-100
• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE standards.
marking), REACH European Regulation. PF plugs and socket-outlets comply with:
• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE
marking), REACH European Regulation.
• UL 1682 (USA) and CSA C22.2 N° 182.1-07 (Canada)
standards.

OUR CERTIFICATIONS

USA and North Russia Military

Canada
America and Eurasia (Mil-S-901D)

39
 PNC

16ÌA 480 V

CONNECTOR
PNC

IP66 0,75 mm² GRP IK08 -40 °C

IP67 2,5 mm² +100 °C
IP69

OTHER FEATURES

Permited current range 4-20 mA/16 A

Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV

Contact resistance ‹ 2 mΩ

Polarity 4P+E

Casing/insulator Glass reinforced thermoplastics UL94 V-0

Frequency range 5-1 000 Hz, 1 g (1 h 30 on each critical frequency)

Vibrations
according to IEC/EN 60068-2-6

Load cycles › 2 000 cycles

IP (socket-outlet with cap) IP66/IP67/IP69

IP66/IP67
IP68 test at 10m deep during 15 days
IP (connected plug)
(contact us for these references)
IP69

Salt mist 50 000 hours

40
 16 A PNC

REFERENCES
AND ACCESSORIES
SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
(with M25 lock nut) (with M25 lock nut)
PNC PNC

480 V AC 4+E 01E4007 01E8007

COUPLER PLUG
socket female male
PNC PNC

480 V AC 4+E 01E3007 01E1007

Cable diameter 11-15 mm (smaller diameter available according to specification).

Input/Cable
ACCESSORIES Reference HANDLE Reference
outer Ø
INLET CAP HANDLE WITHOUT CABLE GLAND

Socket-outlet cap 01EA125

Plug cap 01EA126 M20 01EA253417

ADAPTER PLATE FOR DSN1 OR DXN1 ACCESSORIES

Input/Cable
CABLE GLAND Reference
outer Ø
251A457-E

5-12 mm 9PEM20POLY+J
STRAIGHT SLEEVE

01EA127 3-9 mm 9PEM20RNPOL+J

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

A C

A B C
165 45 45

41
 DSN1

20ÌA 500 V

DECONTACTOR™
DSN1

IP66 1-2,5 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 2 PIL (3) .
IP67 1,5-4 mm² (2)
+60 °C AC-23 60309-4
IP69 60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring 0.8 mm2.
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards 20 A/500 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 20 A/500 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 20 A/500 V

Other configurations
on request Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

Power kW AC-22/AC-23 10 kW

For a black colour

housing replace the SOCKET-OUTLET
second reference female INLET male
character with 5. DSN1 DSN1

20-24 V AC 2P 611408A 611808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 6114015 6118015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 6114013 6118013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 6114017 6118017

socket-outlet 480-500 V AC 3P+E 6114093 6118093
(see p. 11) 480-500 V AC 3P+N+E 6114097 6118097
Pilotes 2 A/250 V AC + 2 pilots* Ref. + 972 NA
왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* Unlike the rest of the DSN range, DSN1 auxiliaries are located on the female side only and are shunted. Electrical continuity is only
ensured when the inlet and the socket-outlet are connected and when the pilot circuit is closed.

42
 20ÌA DSN1

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

INDUSTRIAL/DOMESTIC ADAPTERS
POLY BOX
Industrial inlet MARECHAL® 1P+N+E and domestic socket-outlet 10/16 A
230 V fuse protection 10 A and 16 A (with integrated fuse). 30° M20 511B3M20
All these plug adapters are available to local standards: replace D11 by D40
for UK, D30 for Germany/Netherlands/Luxembourg, D06 for Italy.

30° M25 511B3M25

6118015D11

POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm
(BLACK VERSION SEE ACCESSORIES DXN1 PAGE 235)
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)

Socket-outlet ref. +843 70° Without hole 511C7000

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS 70° Hole Ø 20 511C7M20

613A541
Earth bar
ref.: 51AA089 70° Hole Ø 25 511C7M25
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON

Ref. socket +453 70° Hole Ø 32 511C7M32

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

611A426
30° M20 511C3M20
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

611A346

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)

Socket-outlet ref.+R

SELF-EJECTING
Input/
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
Cable outer Ø
See page 188
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK
The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 9-18 mm 511P0D18 /
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5

PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW

5-21 mm 511P0D21 /
This sticker means that the product is also available with an antibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
60° 9-18 mm 511P6D18 /

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

SLEEVE Reference Ref. +443

5-12 mm 511P020P
(10-14 mm)

POLY SLEEVE Ref. +443

9-18 mm 511P025P
(12-18 mm)
30° 511M3
14-25 mm 511P032P Ref. +443

70° 511M7
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

METAL SLEEVE
M20 511P0M20 /

0° (Straight) 591M0
M25 511P0M25 /

30° 591M3 M32 511P0M32 /

43
 20ÌA DSN1

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

B
E

A B C E A B
147 134 58 42 231 89

PLUG ON 30° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1
A E1

D E2 E2 D

B
B
E1

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
196 180 68 90 36/56 78 200 244 138 126 117 106

44
 20ÌA DSN1

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
177 175 77 108 64 95 131 244 126 126 95

45
 PN

30ÌA 500 V

INDUSTRIAL PLUG
PN

IP66 1-6 mm² (1) GRP IK09 -40 °C

IP67 1,5-10 mm² (2) METAL +60 °C

SOCKET-OUTLET
(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).
(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). female INLET male
GRP
PN PN

Other configurations
20-24 V AC 2P 01N408A 01N808A
on request
220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 01N4015 01N8015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 01N4013 01N8013
GRP devices are not
compatible with metal X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 01N4017 01N8017

devices. 480-500 V AC 3P+E 01N4093 01N8093

480-500 V AC 3P+N+E 01N4097 01N8097

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

For a black colour SOCKET-OUTLET

GRP housing replace female INLET male
METAL
the second reference PN PN
character with 5.

20-24 V AC 2P 09N408A 09N808A

Dual-voltage 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 09N4015 09N8015

socket-outlet 380-440 V AC 3P+E 09N4013 09N8013
(see p. 11) X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 09N4017 09N8017
480-500 V AC 3P+E 09N4093 09N8093
480-500 V AC 3P+N+E 09N4097 09N8097

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

46
 30 A PN

OPTIONS Reference EMC

BOXES Input Ref.
Option
INDUSTRIAL/DOMESTIC ADAPTERS
POLY BOX
Industrial inlet MARECHAL® 1P+N+E and domestic socket-outlet 10/16 A 0° (Straight) M20 511B0M20 /
230 V fuse protection 10 A and 16 A (with integrated fuse).
All these plug adapters are available to local standards: replace D11 by D40 0° (Straight) M25 511B0M25 /
for UK, D30 for Germany/Netherlands/Luxembourg, D06 for Italy.
30° M20 511B3M20 /

01N8015D11 30° M25 511B3M25 /

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

LOCKING FOR 1 PADLOCK Ø 4 mm (WITHOUT SHAFT)
0° (Straight) M20 591B0M20 Ref. +EMC

Ref. + 843 0° (Straight) M25 591B0M25 Ref. +EMC

POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

SCREW LOCKING IMPRINT BTR 2,5
Without
70° 511C7000 /
hole
Ref. socket + 22
70° Hole Ø 20 511C7M20 /

REVERSED INTERIOR AND CONTACTS Earth bar ref. : 70° Hole Ø 25 511C7M25 /
51AA089
The connector is 70° Hole Ø 32 511C7M32 /
Ref. conn. + 001
supplied with a rubber
Ref. socket + 001 METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
inlet cap.

IP55 SOCKET-OUTLET SELF-CLOSING LID 30° M20 511C3M20 /

Replace N by S
Ex: 400 V 3P+N+E METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
poly = 01S4017
45° M20 591C4M20 Ref. +EMC
INLET CAP 45° M25 591C4M25 Ref. +EMC

01NA426 45° M32 591C4M32 Ref. +EMC

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
180° OPENING LID

Ref. socket +10

SELF CLOSING/SELF RETURNING LID

Input/Cable EMC
Socket-outlet ref.+R HANDLE Ref.
outer Ø Option
180° OPENING + SELF-RETURNING LID POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

Ref. socket +18 9-18 mm 511P0D18 /

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304)
5-21 mm 511P0D21 /
Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK 60° 9-18 mm 511P6D18 /

The black dot means these products are also available in black color.
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5 POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW 5-12 mm 511P020P /
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial 9-18 mm 511P025P /
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us. 14-25 mm 511P032P /

METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

EMC
SLEEVE Ref.
Option 7-13 mm 591P020M Ref. +EMC (7-12 mm)

POLY SLEEVE 8-16 mm 591P025M Ref. +EMC (9-16 mm)

16-24 mm 591P032M Ref. +EMC (11-21 mm)

30° 511M3 /
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
70° 511M7 / M20 511P0M20 /

METAL SLEEVE M25 511P0M25 /

M32 511P0M32 /
0° (Straight) 591M0 Ref. +EMC
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

30° 591M3 Ref. +EMC M20 591P0M20 Ref. +EMC

M25 591P0M25 Ref. +EMC

45° 591M4 Ref. +EMC
M32 591P0M32 Ref. +EMC

47
 30 A PN

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET

E
A A E

E
E

B B

C C

A B C E
Straight handle 127 140 58 42
Angled handle 117 138 61 42

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A E1 A E1

D E2 D E2

B B

C C

A B C D E1 E2
Straight handle 178 176 68 90 36/56 78
Angled handle 153 176 68 90 36/56 78

48
 30 A PN

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A E1 A E1

D E2 D E2
B
B

C C

A B C D E1 E2
Straight handle 160 170 77 108 64 95
Angled handle 133 165 77 108 64 95

COUPLER

C A

A B C
Straight handle 208 132 58

49
 PNHT

30ÌA 500 V

HIGH-TEMPERATURE
PLUG PNHT 240 °C

IP44 1-6 mm² METAL IK09

1,5-10 mm²

Self-closing lid as a OTHER FEATURES

standard Flexible wiring (min.-max.) 1-6 mm²

Stranded wiring (min.-max.) 1,5-10 mm²

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
METAL
PNHT PNHT

20-24 V AC 2P 092408A185 092808A185

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 0924015185 0928015185
380-440 V AC 3P+E 0924013185 0928013185
220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 0924017185 0928017185

50
 30 A PNHT

BOXES Input Reference

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

0° (Straight) M20 571B0M20185

0° (Straight) M25 571B0M25185

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

45° M20 571C4M20185

45° M25 571C4M25185

45° M32 571C4M32185

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

SLEEVE Reference

METAL SLEEVE

45° 571M4185

Input/
HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
8-13 mm 571P020M185

12-20 mm 571P025M185

18-28 mm 571P032M185

METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M25 571P0M25185

M32 571P0M32185

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
SOCKET ON STRAIGHT WALL BOX PLUG

C A C A
E1

B
E2 C

A B C E1 E2 A C
121 80 79 64 24 128 56

51
 DS1

30ÌA 690 V

DECONTACTOR™
DS1

IP54(1) 2,5-6 mm² (3) GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 2 AUX(5)
IP55(2) 2,5-10 mm² (4) +60 °C AC-23 60309-4
60947-3

(1) IP protection plug connected

(2) IP protection lid closed LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).
(4) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards 30 A/690 V
(5) Flexible wiring : 2,5-6 mm²,
stranded : 2,5-10 mm² Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 30 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 30 A/480 V

Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

Power kW AC-22/AC-23 15 kW

Other cable sections:

please contact us

SOCKET-
For a black colour OUTLET female INLET male
housing replace the second DS1 DS1
reference character with 5.

20-24 V AC 2P 311408A 311808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 3114015 3118015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 3114013 3118013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3114017 3118017

socket-outlet 660-690 V AC 3P+E 3114193 3118193
(see p. 11) X 380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3114197 3118197
Up to 500 V AC - Auxiliaries 30 A* + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* When ordering the auxiliary option, the maximum tolerated voltage is reduced to 500 V AC.

52
 30ÌA DS1

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

INDUSTRIAL/DOMESTIC ADAPTERS POLY BOX

®
Industrial inlet MARECHAL 1P+N+E and domestic socket-outlet 10/16 A 30° M20 512B3M20
230 V fuse protection 10 A and 16 A (with integrated fuse).
30° M25 512B3M25
All these plug adapters are available to local standards: replace D11 by
D40 for UK, D30 for Germany/Netherlands/Luxembourg, D06 for Italy. METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

20° M20 592B2M20

3118015D11
20° M25 592B2M25

COUPLER FITTED WITH A DIFFERENTIAL BREAKER POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

Coupler fitted with a domestic plug (IP44 - 10/16 A 250V 2P+E), a mobile 70° Without hole 512C7000
socket-outlet (DS1 type - IP55-230V 1P+N+E) and a differential circuit
breaker (IP55-10 or 30 mA - nominal current 16 A) with reset button. 70° Hole Ø 20 512C7M20

3114015ID3 (30 mA) 70° Hole Ø 25 512C7M25

Earth bar ref. :
51AA089 70° Hole Ø 32 512C7M32
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED) 70° Hole Ø 40 512C7M40

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

Socket-outlet ref. +843
30° M20 512C3M20
SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS
30° M25 512C3M25
613A541 30° M32 512C3M32

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON 30° M40 512C3M40

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

Ref. socket +453
30° M20 592C3M20
INLET CAP IP66/IP67 30° M25 592C3M25

311A426 30° M32 592C3M32

0° (Straight) M20 592C0M20

IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING) 0° (Straight) M25 592C0M25

613A346 0° (Straight) M32 592C0M32

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
IP55 SELF-RETURNING LID

Socket-outlet ref.+R
Input/
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
Cable outer Ø
IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

311A226 5-21 mm 512P0D21 /

SELF-EJECTING POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

See page 188 5-12 mm 512P020P Ref. +443

9-18 mm 512P025P Ref. +443

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK
The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 14-25 mm 512P032P Ref. +443
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5
18-32 mm 512P040P Ref. +443
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on M20 512P0M20 Ref. +443
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
M25 512P0M25 Ref. +443

M32 512P0M32 Ref. +443

SLEEVE Reference
M40 512P0M40 Ref. +443
POLY SLEEVE METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

30° 512M3 7-13 mm 592P020M /

8-16 mm 592P025M /
70° 512M7
16-24 mm 592P032M /
METAL SLEEVE METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M20 592P0M20 /
0° (Straight) 592M0
M25 592P0M25 /
30° 592M3
M32 592P0M32 /

53
 30ÌA DS1

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

E B

A B C E A B C
166 163 69 48 259 117 69

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E E1

D E
D E2

A B C D E A B C D E1 E2
209 157 84 84 70 206 259 138 126 117 106

54
 30ÌA DS1

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E
A E1

E D
D E2

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
193 200 77 108 63 95 138 259 126 126 95

55
 DSN3

32ÌA 690 V

DECONTACTOR™
DSN3

IP66 2,5-6 mm² (1) GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 2 AUX (3)
IP67 2,5-10 mm² (2) +60 °C AC-23 60309-4
IP69 60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring : 2,5-6 mm²,
stranded : 2,5-10 mm² Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards 32 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 32 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 32 A/480 V

Other cable sections:
Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA
please contact us
Power kW AC-22/AC-23 18,5 kW

For a black colour

housing replace the second
SOCKET-
reference character with 5. OUTLET female INLET male
DSN3 DSN3

20-24 V AC 2P 613408A 613808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 6134015 6138015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 6134013 6138013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 6134017 6138017

socket-outlet 660-690 V AC 3P+E 6134193 6138193
(see p. 11) X 380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 6134197 6138197
Auxiliaries 30 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* When ordering the auxiliary option, the maximum tolerated voltage is reduced to 500 V AC.

56
 32ÌA DSN3

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

INDUSTRIAL/DOMESTIC ADAPTERS POLY BOX

Industrial inlet MARECHAL® 1P+N+E and domestic socket-outlet 10/16 A
230 V fuse protection 10 A and 16 A (with integrated fuse). 30° M20 512B3M20
All these plug adapters are available to local standards: replace D11 by D40 30° M25 512B3M25
for UK, D30 for Germany/Netherlands/Luxembourg, D06 for Italy.
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)
6138015D11
20° M20 592B2M20
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm 20° M25 592B2M25
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
Socket-outlet ref. +843 (BLACK VERSION SEE ACCESSORIES DXN3 PAGE 245)

70° Without hole 512C7000

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS
70° Hole Ø 20 512C7M20
613A541 70° Hole Ø 25 512C7M25
Earth bar
70° Hole Ø 32 512C7M32
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON ref.: 51AA089
70° Hole Ø 40 512C7M40
Ref. socket +453
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 30° M20 512C3M20

30° M25 512C3M25

613A426
30° M32 512C3M32
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING) 30° M40 512C3M40

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

613A346
30° M20 592C3M20

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID 30° M25 592C3M25

(MANUAL CLOSING)
30° M32 592C3M32
Socket-outlet ref.+R
0° (Straight) M20 592C0M20

IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET 0° (Straight) M25 592C0M25

0° (Straight) M32 592C0M32

613A226
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
SELF-EJECTION

Input/
See page 188 HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
Cable outer Ø
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 5-21 mm 512P0D21 /
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5
POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW
5-12 mm 512P020P Ref. +443
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on 9-18 mm 512P025P Ref. +443
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
14-25 mm 512P032P Ref. +443

18-32 mm 512P040P Ref. +443

METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

7-13 mm 592P020M /
SLEEVE Reference
8-16 mm 592P025M /
POLY SLEEVE
16-24 mm 592P032M /

30° 512M3 POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M20 512P0M20 Ref. +443

70° 512M7 M25 512P0M25 Ref. +443

M32 512P0M32 Ref. +443

METAL SLEEVE
M40 512P0M40 Ref. +443

0° (Straight) 592M0 METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M20 592P0M20 /

M25 592P0M25 /
30° 592M3
M32 592P0M32 /

57
 32ÌA DSN3

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

B
E

A B C E A B
171 171 77 48 265 116

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E1 E1

D E2
E2 D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
213 191 84 84 70 70 207 262 138 126 117 105.5

58
 32ÌA DSN3

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
195 165 77 191 63 95 138 262 126 126 95

59
 DS3

50ÌA 1 000 V

DECONTACTOR™
DS3

IP54(1) 6-16 mm² (3) GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 4 AUX (5)
IP55(2) 10-25 mm² (4) +60 °C AC-23 60309-4
60947-3

(1) IP protection plug connected

(2) IP protection lid closed LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).
(4) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards (50 A/690 V) or (45 A/1 000 V)
(5) Flexible wiring : 1-2,5 mm²,
stranded : 1,5-4mm² Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 40 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 50 A/400 V

Other cable sections: Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

please contact us Power kW AC-22/AC-23 30 kW

For a black colour SOCKET-OUTLET

housing replace the second female INLET male
reference character with 5. DS3 DS3

20-24 V AC 2P 313408A 313808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 3134015 3138015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 3134013 3138013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3134017 3138017

socket-outlet 660-690 V AC 3P+E 3134193 3138193
(see p. 11) X 380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3134197 3138197
1 000 V AC 3P+E 3134223 3138223
Auxiliaries 16 A/400 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972
Auxiliaries 16 A/400 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

60
 50ÌA DS3

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX

(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M25 513B3M25
Socket-outlet ref. +843

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

20° M20 593B2M20

613A541
20° M25 593B2M25
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
20° M32 593B2M32
Ref. socket +453
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
INLET CAP IP66/IP67 70° Without hole 513C7000

313A426 70° Hole Ø 25 513C7M25

IN-LINE CONNECTIONS Earth bar ref. : 70° Hole Ø 32 513C7M32

(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING) 51AA089
70° Hole Ø 40 513C7M40
616A346
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

IP55 SELF-RETURNING LID 30° M20 513C3M20

30° M25 513C3M25

Socket-outlet ref.+R
30° M32 513C3M32
IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET
30° M40 513C3M40

313A226 METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

SELF-EJECTING 30° M20 593C3M20

See page 188 30° M25 593C3M25

30° M32 593C3M32

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK
The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 30° M40 593C3M40
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5
0° (Straight) M20 593C0M20
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW
0° (Straight) M25 593C0M25
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on 0° (Straight) M32 593C0M32
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
0° (Straight) M40 593C0M40

Input/ 70° M20 593C7M20

HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
Cable outer Ø
70° M25 593C7M25
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND
70° M32 593C7M32
10-30 mm 513P0D30 /
70° M40 593C7M40
POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
9-18 mm 513P025P Ref. +443
14-25 mm 513P032P Ref. +443
18-32 mm 513P040P Ref. +443 SLEEVE Reference
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
POLY SLEEVE
M20 513P0M20 Ref. +443
M25 513P0M25 Ref. +443 30° 513M3
M32 513P0M32 Ref. +443
M40 513P0M40 Ref. +443
70° 513M7
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
7-13 mm 593P020M / METAL SLEEVE
8-16 mm 593P025M /
16-24 mm 593P032M / 0° (Straight) 593M0

22-32 mm 593P040M /
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
30° 593M3
M20 593P0M20 /
M25 593P0M25 /
M32 593P0M32 / 70° 593M7
M40 593P0M40 /

61
 50ÌA DS3

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

E B

A B C E A B
179 184 80 55 277 145

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E1 E1

D E2
D E2
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
235 219 89 100 77 88 238 313 178 166 157 146

62
 50ÌA DS3

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E
A E1

E D
D E2

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
208 214 77 108 63 95 169 313 166 166 135

63
 FC

50ÌA 500 V

FLAT CONNECTOR
FC NEW
FOR FLAT CABLES

IP54 6 - 10 mm² GRP IK09 -40 °C

+60 °C

Suitable for flat cables with width between 26 mm and 40 mm and height between 7 mm and 11 mm

OTHER FEATURES

Polarity 4P+E

Flexible wiring (min.-max.) 6 - 10 mm2

Stranded wiring (min.-max.) 6 - 10 mm2

Number of operations 2000 cycles

IP protection plug connected IP54

IP protection disconnected IP2X

64
 50 A FC

REFERENCES
AND ACCESSORIES

SOCKET- INLET male

OUTLET female FC
FC

500 V AC 4+E 05F4007 05F8007

ACCESSORIES Reference

HANDLES

01FA013
Adapter accessory for 5G6 flat cables is included.

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

A C A

B D

A B C D
84 131 19 138

65
 DSN6

63ÌA 1 000 V

DECONTACTOR™
DSN6

IP66 6-16 mm² (1) GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 4 AUX (3)
IP67 10-25 mm² (2) +60 °C AC-23 60309-4
IP69 60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring : 1-2,5 mm²,
stranded : 1,5-4 mm² Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards (63 A/690 V) or (45 A/1 000 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 40 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 63 A/400 V

Other cable sections: Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

please contact us Power kW AC-22/AC-23 30 kW

For a black colour SOCKET-OUTLET

housing replace the second female INLET male
reference character with 5. DSN6 DSN6

20-24 V AC 2P 616408A 616808A

190-230 V AC 3P+E 6164033 6168033
220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 6164015 6168015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 6164013 6168013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 6164017 6168017

socket-outlet 660-690 V 3P+E 6164193 6168193
(see p. 11) X 380-400 V 660-690 V 3P+N+E 6164197 6168197
Auxiliaries 16 A/400 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972
Auxiliaries 16 A/400 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

66
 63ÌA DSN6

OPTIONS Reference BOXES* Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED) POLY BOX

30° M25 513B3M25

Socket-outlet ref. +843

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS
20° M20 593B2M20
613A541 20° M25 593B2M25
20° M32 593B2M32
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
(BLACK VERSION SEE ACCESSORIES DXN6 PAGE 251)
Ref. socket +453 70° Without hole 513C7000
70° Hole Ø 25 513C7M25
INLET CAP IP66/IP67
Earth bar 70° Hole Ø 32 513C7M32
ref.: 51AA089 70° Hole Ø 40 513C7M40
616A426
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS 30° M20 513C3M20
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
30° M25 513C3M25

616A346 30° M32 513C3M32

30° M40 513C3M40
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
(MANUAL CLOSING)
30° M20 593C3M20

Socket-outlet ref.+R 30° M25 593C3M25

30° M32 593C3M32
IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET 30° M40 593C3M40
0° (Straight) M20 593C0M20
616A226
0° (Straight) M25 593C0M25

SELF-EJECTION 0° (Straight) M32 593C0M32

0° (Straight) M40 593C0M40
See page 188 70° M20 593C7M20
70° M25 593C7M25
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK
70° M32 593C7M32
The black dot means these products are also available in black color.
70° M40 593C7M40
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5
* Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW

This sticker means that the product is also available with an

naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on Input/
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us. HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
Cable outer Ø
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

10-30 mm 513P0D30 /

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

5-12 mm 513P020P Ref. +443
9-18 mm 513P025P Ref. +443
14-25 mm 513P032P Ref. +443
SLEEVE Reference
18-32 mm 513P040P Ref. +443

POLY SLEEVE METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

7-13 mm 593P020M /
8-16 mm 593P025M /
30° 513M3
16-24 mm 593P032M /
22-32 mm 593P040M /
70° 513M7
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M20 513P0M20 Ref. +443
METAL SLEEVE M25 513P0M25 Ref. +443
M32 513P0M32 Ref. +443
0° (Straight) 593M0 M40 513P0M40 Ref. +443
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
30° 593M3 M20 593P0M20 /
M25 593P0M25 /
M32 593P0M32 /
70° 593M7
M40 593P0M40 /

67
 63ÌA DSN6

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E
A

E
B

A B C E A B
184 195 84 55 286 122

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E1 E1

D E2
E2 D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
238 225 89 100 77 88 239 317 178 166 157 146

68
 63ÌA DSN6

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C

E
A E1

D E2
E D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
212 219 77 108 64 95 170 317 166 166 135

69

69
 DS6 POLY

90ÌA 1 000 V

NEW VERSION
DECONTACTOR™ COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS
DS6 POLY VERSIONS

IP66 10-25 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 4 AUX (3)
IP67 10-35 mm² (2)
+60 °C AC-23 60309-4

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring 2,2 mm².
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards (90 A/690 V) or (63 A/1 000 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 63 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 90 A/400 V

Other cable sections:
please contact us Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

Power kW AC-22/AC-23 45 kW
GRP devices are not
compatible with metal
devices.
SOCKET-OUTLET
female I
INLET male
DS6 DS6
D
For a black colour
housing replace the second
reference character with 5.
220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 3164015 3168015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 3164013 3168013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3164017 3168017

socket-outlet 660-690 V AC 3P+E 3164193 3168193
(see p. 11) X 380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3164197 3168197
1 000 V AC 3P+E 3164223 3168223
Auxiliaries 5 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972
Auxiliaries 5 A/500 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
왘 Existing version for 100 A is available, order Reference +228.

70
 90ÌA DS6

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX

(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 514B3M32
Socket-outlet ref. +843
30° M40 514B3M40

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

20° M25 594B2M25

399A541
20° M32 594B2M32
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
20° M40 594B2M40
Ref. socket +453
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 70° Without hole 514C7000

316A426 70° Hole Ø 32 514C7M32

Earth bar ref. : 51AA089 70° Hole Ø 40 514C7M40
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

316A346 30° M25 514C3M25

30° M32 514C3M32

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)
30° M40 514C3M40
Ref. socket + R
30° M50 514C3M50

IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

30° M25 594C3M25

316A226
30° M32 594C3M32
SELF-EJECTION
30° M40 594C3M40
See page 188
30° M50 594C3M50

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK 0°

M25 594C0M25
(Straight)
The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 0°
M32 594C0M32
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5 (Straight)
0°
M40 594C0M40
(Straight)
Input/ 0°
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection M50 594C0M50
Cable outer Ø (Straight)
70° M25 594C7M25
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND
70° M32 594C7M32
13-35 mm 514P0D35 /
70° M40 594C7M40
POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
14-25 mm 514P032P Ref. +443 70° M50 594C7M50

18-32 mm 514P040P Ref. +443 Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

24-38 mm 514P050P Ref. +443

POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

SLEEVE Reference
M32 514P0M32 Ref. +443

M40 514P0M40 Ref. +443 POLY SLEEVE

M50 514P0M50 /
30° 514M3
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
8-16 mm 594P025M /
70° 514M7
16-24 mm 594P032M /

22-32 mm 594P040M / METAL SLEEVE

34-44 mm 594P050M /
0° (Straight) 594M0
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M25 594P0M25 /
30° 594M3
M32 594P0M32 /

M40 594P0M40 /
70° 594M7
M50 594P0M50 /

71
 90ÌA DS6
GRP

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E
A

B
B

A B C E A B
207 227 98 66 316 170

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C

E1
A E1

E2

B
B

A B C E1 E2 A B C E1 E2
287 296 105 89 112 246 338 178 157 146

72
 90ÌA DS6
GRP

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C

A E1 E

E2 E

B B

A B C E1 E2 A B C E
236 279 105 87 122 179 337 166 135

73
 DS6 METAL

90ÌA 1 000 V

NEW VERSION
DECONTACTOR™ IP66/IP67

COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS

DS6 METAL VERSIONS

IP66 10-25 mm² (1)

METAL IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 4 AUX (3)
IP67 10-35 mm² (2)
+60 °C AC-23 60309-4
60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring : 2,2 mm².
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards (90 A/690 V) or (63 A/1 000 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 63 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 90 A/400 V

Other configurations on Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

request Power kW AC-22/AC-23 45 kW

GRP devices are not

compatible with metal SOCKET-
devices. OUTLET female I
INLET male
DS6 DS6
D

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 3964015 3968015

380-440 V AC 3P+E 3964013 3968013

Dual-voltage X 220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3964017 3968017

socket-outlet 660-690 V AC 3P+E 3964193 3968193
(see p. 11) X 380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3964197 3968197
1 000 V AC 3P+E 3964223 3968223
Auxiliaries 5 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972
Auxiliaries 5 A/500 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
왘 Existing version for 100 A is available, order Reference +228.

74
 90ÌA DS6
EMC
OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Ref.
Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 514B3M32 /
30° M40 514B3M40 /
Socket-outlet ref. +843
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)
SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS 20° M25 594B2M25 Ref. +EMC
20° M32 594B2M32 Ref. +EMC
399A541 20° M40 594B2M40 Ref. +EMC
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
70° Without hole 514C7000 /
Ø 32 mm
Ref. socket +453 70° 514C7M32 /
drill hole
Earth bar ref. : Ø 40 mm
51AA089 70° 514C7M40 /
drill hole
INLET CAP IP66/IP67
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

316A426 30° M25 514C3M25 /

30° M32 514C3M32 /
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS 30° M40 514C3M40 /
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
30° M50 514C3M50 /

316A346 METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

30° M25 594C3M25 Ref. +EMC

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING) 30° M32 594C3M32 Ref. +EMC
30° M40 594C3M40 Ref. +EMC
Ref. socket + R 30° M50 594C3M50 Ref. +EMC
0° (Straight) M25 594C0M25 Ref. +EMC
IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET 0° (Straight) M32 594C0M32 Ref. +EMC
0° (Straight) M40 594C0M40 Ref. +EMC
396A226 0° (Straight) M50 594C0M50 Ref. +EMC
70° M25 594C7M25 Ref. +EMC
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
70° M32 594C7M32 Ref. +EMC
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304)
70° M40 594C7M40 Ref. +EMC
Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC 70° M50 594C7M50 Ref. +EMC

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

SELF-EJECTION
Input/
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
See page 188 Cable outer Ø
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

13-35 mm 514P0D35 /

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

14-25 mm 514P032P Ref. +443
18-32 mm 514P040P Ref. +443
24-38 mm 514P050P Ref. +443
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
EMC M32 514P0M32 Ref. +443
SLEEVE Reference
Option M40 514P0M40 Ref. +443
POLY SLEEVE M50 514P0M50 /
METAL HANDLE + METAL CABLE GLAND EMC
30° 514M3 / (+ EARTHING WIRE) Option
Ref. +EMC
8-16 mm 594P025M
(9-16 mm)
70° 514M7 / Ref. +EMC
16-24 mm 594P032M
(11-21 mm)
METAL SLEEVE 22-32 mm 594P040M
Ref. +EMC
(19-28 mm)
Ref. +EMC
0° (Straight) 594M0 Ref. +EMC 34-44 mm 594P050M
(27-35 mm)
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

30° 594M3 Ref. +EMC M25 594P0M25 Ref. +EMC

M32 594P0M32 Ref. +EMC
M40 594P0M40 Ref. +EMC
70° 594M7 Ref. +EMC
M50 594P0M50 Ref. +EMC

75
 90ÌA DS6
METAL

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E
A

B B

A B C E A B
241 230 104 66 386 230

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1
A E1

D E2
E2

B
B

A B C E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
338 270 135 125 97 246 357 145 166 125 97

76
 90ÌA DS6
METAL

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

C
A E1

A E1

E2

E2

B B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C E1 E2
279 257 102 136 88 122 169 346 104 88 122

77
 DSHT

125ÌA 440 V

NEW
HIGH TEMPERATURE
PLUG DSHT
150 °C

IP44 10-35 mm² (1)

METAL IK09 2 AUX
10-50 mm² (2)

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Pre-cabled auxiliaries - high-temperature cable 1.5 mm²

Earthing cable section 35 mm² max.

No breaking under
load

Other configurations
on request

SOCKET-OUTLET CONNECTOR
DSHT DSHT

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 3964H15 3968H15

380-440 V AC 3P+E 3964H13 3968H13
220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3964H17 3968H17
Auxiliaries 5 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972

78
 125 A DSHT

OPTIONS Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS ØÌ4 TO 8 mm

(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)

Réf + 843

BOXES
Input Reference
(WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

30° M25 574C3M25185

30° M32 574C3M32185

30° M40 574C3M40185

30° M50 574C3M50185

HANDLE
Input Reference
(WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
METAL HANDLE (+ EARTHING WIRE)

M25 574P0M25185

M32 574P0M32185

M40 574P0M40185

M50 574P0M50185

HIGH TEMPERATURE
Cable outer Ø Input Reference
CABLE GLAND (IP2X)
12,0 - 20,5 mm M25 9PEM25BR

18,0 - 27,8 mm M32 9PEM32BR

24,0 - 33,0 mm M40 9PEM40BR

33,0 - 42,0 mm M50 9PEM50BR

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
PLUG ON SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

C
C
A E A E1

E E2

B
B

A B C E1 A B C E1 E2
248 230 105 66 345 308 150 125 97

79
 DS9 POLY

150ÌA 1 000 V

DECONTACTOR™
DS9 POLY

IP66 25-70 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 6 AUX (3)
IP67 25-95 mm² (2)
+60 °C AC-23 60309-4
IP69 60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring : 2,5 mm².
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards 150 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 (90 A/690 V) or (150 A/600 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 100 A/440 V

Other configurations on Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

request Power kW AC-22/AC-23 80 kW

GRP devices are not SOCKET-OUTLET

compatible with metal female INLET male
devices. DS9 DS9*

380-440 V AC 3P+E 3194013 3198013

220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3194017 3198017
660-690 V AC 3P+E 3194193 3198193
380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3194197 3198197
1 000 V AC** 3P+E 3194223 3198223
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 262 Ref. + 262
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V AC + 6 contacts Ref. + 976 Ref. + 976

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* When a connector is mounted on a box, it is required to use a sleeve to ensure the closing mecanism.
** Switch rating up to 125 A.

80
 150ÌA DS9

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 515C3M32
Socket-outlet ref. +843
30° M40 515C3M40
SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS
30° M50 515C3M50
399A541
30° M63 515C3M63

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

Ref. socket +453
30° M32 595C3M32

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 30° M40 595C3M40

319A426 30° M50 595C3M50

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING) 30° M63 595C3M63

Socket-outlet ref.+R 0° (Straight) M32 595C0M32

0° (Straight) M40 595C0M40

0° (Straight) M50 595C0M50

Input/
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
Cable outer Ø 0° (Straight) M63 595C0M63
ELASTOMER HANDLE WITH GLAND
70° M32 595C7M32
18-25 mm 555P0D25 Ref. +443
70° M40 595C7M40
25-35 mm 555P0D35 Ref. +443
70° M50 595C7M50
35-45 mm 555P0D45 Ref. +443
70° M63 595C7M63
45-49 mm 555P0D49 Ref. +443

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE + CORNET

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

14-25 mm 515P032P Ref. +443 0° (Straight) M50 595E0M50

18-32 mm 515P040P Ref. +443 30° M50 595E3M50

24-38 mm 515P050P Ref. +443 30° M63 595E3M63

35-48 mm 515P063P / 70° M50 595E7M50

POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) 70° M63 595E7M63

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

M50 515P0M50 /

M63 515P0M63 /

METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

SLEEVE Reference
16-24 mm 595P032M /
POLY SLEEVE
22-32 mm 595P040M /

30° 515M3
34-44 mm 595P050M /

35-48 mm 595P063M / METAL SLEEVE

METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

0° (Straight) 595M0

M32 595P0M32 /

M40 595P0M40 / 30° 595M3

M50 595P0M50 /
70° 595M7
M63 595P0M63 /

81
 150ÌA DS9
GRP

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E

B B

A B C E A B
313 279 322 81 491 280

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL BOX MOUNTED SOCKET

A E1

A E1
D E2

D E2

B B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
448 265 190 142 170 108 311 427 190 142 170 108

82
 150ÌA DS9
GRP

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A E

A E

E D

D E

B
B

A B C D E A B C D E
355 329 322 141 124 218 425 322 140 124

83
 DS9 METAL

150ÌA 1 000 V

NEW VERSION
DECONTACTOR™ COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS
DS9 METAL VERSIONS

IP66 25-70 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 6 AUX (3)
IP67 25-95 mm² (2)
+60 °C AC-23 60309-4
IP69 60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring : 2,5 mm².
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards 150 A/690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 (90 A/690 V) or (150 A/600 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 100 A/440 V

Other configurations on Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

request Power kW AC-22/AC-23 80 kW

GRP devices are not SOCKET-OUTLET

compatible with metal female INLET male
devices. DS9 DS9*

380-440 V AC 3P+E 3994013 3998013

220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3994017 3998017
660-690 V AC 3P+E 3994193 3998193
380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3994197 3998197
1 000 V AC** 3P+E 3994223 3998223
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 262 Ref. + 262
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V AC + 6 contacts Ref. + 976 Ref. + 976

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* When a connector is mounted on a box, it is required to use a sleeve to ensure the closing mecanism.
** Switch rating up to 125 A.

84
 150ÌA DS9
EMC
OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Ref.
Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 515C3M32 /
Socket-outlet ref. +843
30° M40 515C3M40 /
SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS
30° M50 515C3M50 /
399A541
30° M63 515C3M63 /
ALLEN-SCREW LOCKING LATCH
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
Direct latch locking, no padlocking option. Ref. socket + 22
30° M32 595C3M32 Ref. +EMC
INLET CAP IP66/IP67
30° M40 595C3M40 Ref. +EMC
319A426
30° M50 595C3M50 Ref. +EMC
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)
30° M63 595C3M63 Ref. +EMC
Socket-outlet ref.+R
0°
M32 595C0M32 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
0°
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) M40 595C0M40 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)

Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC 0°

M50 595C0M50 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)
0°
M63 595C0M63 Ref. +EMC
Input/ EMC (Straight)
HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø Option
70° M32 595C7M32 Ref. +EMC
ELASTOMER HANDLE WITH GLAND

18-25 mm 555P0D25 / 70° M40 595C7M40 Ref. +EMC

25-35 mm 555P0D35 / 70° M50 595C7M50 Ref. +EMC

35-45 mm 555P0D45 /
70° M63 595C7M63 Ref. +EMC
45-49 mm 555P0D49 /

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE + CORNET

14-25 mm 515P032P / 0°
M50 595E0M50 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)
18-32 mm 515P040P /
30° M50 595E3M50 Ref. +EMC
24-38 mm 515P050P /
30° M63 595E3M63 Ref. +EMC
35-48 mm 515P063P /

POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) 70° M50 595E7M50 Ref. +EMC

M50 515P0M50 /
70° M63 595E7M63 Ref. +EMC
M63 515P0M63 /
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

EMC
Ref. +EMC SLEEVE Reference
16-24 mm 595P032M
(11-21 mm)
Option
POLY SLEEVE
Ref. +EMC
22-32 mm 595P040M
(19-28 mm)
30° 515M3 /
Ref. +EMC
34-44 mm 595P050M
(27-35 mm)
METAL SLEEVE
Ref. +EMC
35-48 mm 595P063M
(34-45 mm) Ref.
0° (Straight) 595M0
+EMC
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M32 595P0M32 Ref. +EMC

Ref.
30° 595M3
+EMC
M40 595P0M40 Ref. +EMC

M50 595P0M50 Ref. +EMC

Ref.
70° 595M7
+EMC
M63 595P0M63 Ref. +EMC

85
 150ÌA DS9
METAL

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A C A

B
B

A B C A B
313 299 322 490 299

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL BOX MOUNTED SOCKET

A E1

A E1
D E2

D E2

B B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
448 330 322 142 170 108 310 426 190 142 170 108

86
 150ÌA DS9
METAL

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A E

A E

D E

D E

B
B

C
C

A B C D E A B C D E
355 331 322 141 124 217 424 322 141 124

87
250ÌA 1 000 V DS2 250ÌA

DECONTACTOR™
DS2

IP66 70-95 mm² (1) METAL IK10 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 6 AUX (3)
IP67 70-120 mm² (2) +60 °C AC-23 60309-4
60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
(3) Flexible wiring : 2,5 mm².
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards (250 A/500 V) or (200 A/690 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 (250 A/400 V) or (125 A/690 V)

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 160 A/440 V

Short-circuit current Icc 10 kA

Other configurations on
request
SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DS2 DS2**

380-440 V AC 3P+E 3924013 3928013

220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 3924017 3928017
660-690 V AC 3P+E 3924193 3928193
380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 3924197 3928197
1 000 V AC*** 3P+E 3924223 3928223
Auxiliaries 5 A/400 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972
Auxiliaries 5 A/400 V AC + 4 contacts* Ref. + 174 Ref. + 174
*
Auxiliaries 5 A/400 V AC + 6 contacts Ref. + 976 Ref. + 976

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* These versions cannot be ordered with neutral.
** When the inlet is mounted without sleeve, it is necessary to add a spacer.
*** Switch rating up to 150 A.

88
 250ÌA DS2
Section EMC
OPTIONS Reference SLEEVE Reference
de câblage Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS ØÌ4 TO 8 mm METAL SLEEVE
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
Ref.
0° (Straight) 596M0
Socket-outlet +EMC
ref. +843

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS Ref.

60° 596M6
+EMC

399A541

ALLEN-SCREW LOCKING LATCH

EMC
BOXES Input Ref.
Option
Direct latch locking, no padlocking option. Ref. socket + 22 METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE + CORNET

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 Ref.

60° M50 596E6M50
+EMC
392A426
Ref.
60° M63 596E6M63
+EMC
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID
(MANUAL CLOSING) Ref.
60° M75 596E6M75
+EMC
Socket-outlet
ref.+R Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) Input/ EMC
HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø Option
Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC ELASTOMER HANDLE WITH GLAND

CABLE AMPLIFIER LUGS 25-35 mm 556P0D35 /

2
Flexible 120 mm
392A277150(1)
Stranded 150 mm2 35-45 mm 556P0D45 /

CABLE AMPLIFIER LUGS

45-49 mm 556P0D49 /
Flexible 150 mm2 (1)
392A277185 POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
Stranded 185 mm2

SPACERS (BETWEEN THE WALL BOX OR PANEL) 35-48 mm 516P063P /

5K7M0-68
Depth 68 mm Ref. + EMC POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
(EMC Option)
5K7M0-115 M63 516P0M63 /
Depth 115 mm Ref. + EMC
(EMC Option)
M75 516P0M75 /
PADLOCKING/ELECTRO-MECHANICAL NEW
INTERLOCKING METAL HANDLE WITH INTEGRATED CABLE CLAMP

40-50 mm 5K6P0D50 /
Socket-outlet reference+MIL.
Check out the details on page 300
51-60 mm 5K6P0D60 /

(1) When using cable amplifier lugs, we recommand to use spacers (between the
wall or panel) for some of the accessories. Contact us for choosing the right 61-70 mm 5K6P0D70 /
accessories.

71-80 mm 5K6P0D80 /

81-90 mm 5K6P0D90 /

METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M50 596P0M50 Ref. +EMC

M63 596P0M63 Ref. +EMC

M75 596P0M75 Ref. +EMC

METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE

GLAND) - LARGE SIZE

M63 796P0M63 Ref. +EMC

M75 796P0M75 Ref. +EMC

89
 250ÌA DS2

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E
A

B
B

A B C E A B
362 327 340 98 590 327

PLUG ON 60° WALL BOX MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 60° INCLINED SOCKET OUTLET

A E
A E1

D E
E2

B
B

C
C

A B C E1 E2 A B C D E
392 465 340 202 154 300 465 191 191 165

90
250ÌA DS2

91
91
350ÌA 1 000 V

NEW
DS2 350ÌA
INDUSTRIAL SOCKET
OUTLET DS2

IP66 95 mm² (1) METAL IK10 -40 °C 2 PIL.

IP67 95-120 mm² (2)
+60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Pilot wiring 2,5 mm²
* See our cable amplifier lugs for sections bigger than 95 mm² (flexible) or 120 mm² (stranded).
Padlocking system is
standard

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DS2* DS2*

220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E+2 pilots 3924017240 3928017240

380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E+2 pilots 3924197240 3928197240

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14). Please contact
us for more auxiliaries.
* In case the male inlet is wall-mounted or mounted on the wall box, a spacer must be used.

92
 350ÌA DS2
Cable outer Ø EMC
OPTIONS Cable section Reference HANDLE Reference
(min./max.) Option
SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS METAL HANDLE WITH
INTEGRATED CABLE CLAMP

399A541
40-50 mm 5K6P0D50 /

ALLEN-SCREW LOCKING LATCH

51-60 mm 5K6P0D60 /
Direct latch locking, no padlocking option. Ref. socket + 22

61-70 mm 5K6P0D70 /
INLET CAP IP66/IP67

392A426 71-80 mm 5K6P0D80 /

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID

(MANUAL CLOSING) 81-90 mm 5K6P0D90 /

Socket-outlet
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY
ref.+R
(WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) - LARGE SIZE

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) M63 796P0M63 Ref. +EMC

Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC

M75 796P0M75 Ref. +EMC

CABLE AMPLIFIER LUGS

Flexible 120 mm2

392A277150(1)
Stranded 150 mm2

CABLE AMPLIFIER LUGS

Flexible 150 mm2

392A277185(1)
Stranded 185 mm2

SPACERS (BETWEEN THE WALL BOX OR PANEL)(1)

5K7M0-68
Depth 68 mm Ref. + EMC
(EMC Option)
5K7M0-115 Cable
Depth 115 mm Ref. + EMC BOXES Reference
(EMC Option) outer Ø

PADLOCKING/ELECTRO-MECHANICAL METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE + CORNET

NEW
INTERLOCKING

Socket-outlet reference+MIL. 60° M75 597E6M75

Check out the details on page 300

(1) When using cables amplifiers lugs, some accessories require an STAINLESS STEEL (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE +
additionnal spacer. Contact us for the selection of the accessories. METAL CABLE GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

EMC
SLEEVE Reference 70° 35-46 mm 577C763M
Option
METAL SLEEVE

60° 597M6 Ref. +EMC 70° 48-65 mm 577C775M

ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKING TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE DS2

At this level of power, it is not possible to break directly under load. Electrical CONTROL CIRCUIT
interlocking with a switch or a pilot controlled contactor is required. PLUG SOCKET-OUTLET CONTACTOR
L1 L1
Boxes with the following equipment are available upon request:
• circuit breaker or differential switch, L2 L2

• contactor, L3 L3
• fuses, PILOT CIRCUIT COIL
• loop-out enclosures, COIL SUPPLY
• terminals for single pole cables... FUSE

PILOT
CONTACTS

93
 350ÌA DS2

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

INLET

C A

A B C
420 188 217

COUPLER SOCKET

C A

A B C D
503 188 375 327

94
 350ÌA DS2

WALL BOX MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET 70°

A E1

E2

R 152

A B C D E1 E2
214 784 375 651 240 190

PANEL MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET 60°

A C1
E

D E

R 152

C2

A B C1 C2 D E
260 474 180 375 182 165

95
 DS4

400ÌA 1 000 V

NEW VERSION
INDUSTRIAL SOCKET- IP66/IP67

OUTLET DS4

IP66 95-150 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C 2 PIL.
IP67 95-185 mm² (2)
+60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Mechanical interlock standard

Inlet closing device in stainless steel standard

Other cable sections: Pilot contacts 5 A/400 V AC for electrical interlock 2

please contact us Auxiliaries wiring 2,5 mm²

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DS4* DS4*

380-440 V AC 3P+E+ 2 pilots 3944013 3948013

Compatible with
previous version using kit 660-690 V AC 3P+E+ 2 pilots 3944193 3948193
394A396 1 000 V AC 3P+E+ 2 pilots 3944223 3948223

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* In case the male inlet is wall-mounted or mounted on the wall box, a spacer must be used.

96
 400ÌA DS4
Cable outer Ø EMC
OPTIONS Cable section Reference HANDLE Reference
(min./max.) Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS ØÌ4 TO 8 mm METAL HANDLE WITH
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED) INTEGRATED CABLE CLAMP

Socket-outlet
40-50 mm 5K6P0D50 /
ref. +843

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS

51-60 mm 5K6P0D60 /

399A541

61-70 mm 5K6P0D70 /
INLET CAP IP66/IP67

392A426 71-80 mm 5K6P0D80 /

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID

(MANUAL CLOSING) 81-90 mm 5K6P0D90 /

Socket-outlet
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY
ref.+R
(WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) - LARGE SIZE

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) M63 796P0M63 Ref. +EMC

Socket-outlet and inlet references+EMC.

Contact us about the EMC accessory references M75 796P0M75 Ref. +EMC

CABLE AMPLIFIER LUGS (1)

Flexible 185 mm2 Cable

394A277-240 BOXES(2) Reference
Stranded 240 mm2 outer Ø
STAINLESS STEEL (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE +
SPACERS (BETWEEN THE WALL BOX OR PANEL) METAL CABLE GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
5K7M0-68
Depth 68 mm Ref. + EMC
(EMC Option) 70° 35-46 mm 577C763M

5K7M0-115
Depth 115 mm Ref. + EMC
(EMC Option)
70° 48-65 mm 577C775M
PADLOCKING/ELECTRO-MECHANICAL NEW
INTERLOCKING
(2) When using cables amplifiers lugs, some accessories require an
additionnal spacer. Contact us for the selection of the accessories.
Socket-outlet reference+MIL.
Check out the details on page 300

(1) For flexible 240 mm2 lugs or stranded 300 mm2 lugs, please contact
us. When using lugs, it is necessary to use a spacer.

EMC
SLEEVE Reference
Option
METAL SLEEVE

60° 597M6 Ref. +EMC

ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKING TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE DS4

With such a current, disconnection under load is just not possible. Electrical CONTROL CIRCUIT
interlocking with a switch or a pilot controlled contactor is required. PLUG SOCKET-OUTLET CONTACTOR
Note that we may customize the wall box with the following functions or devices: L1 L1
• circuit breaker or differential switch, L2 L2
• contactor, L3 L3
• fuses,
• loop-in/loop-out configuration, COIL

• Terminals fitted for single-pole cable use… PILOT CIRCUIT

FUSE
COIL SUPPLY

PILOT
CONTACTS

97
 400ÌA DS4

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

INLET

C A

A B C
420 188 217

COUPLER SOCKET

C A

R152

A B C D
503 188 375 327

98
 400ÌA DS4

WALL BOX MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET 70°

A
E1

E2

C2

C1

A B C1 C2 D E1 E2
206 779 375 183 651 240 190

PANEL MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET 60°

C1
A
E

D E

C2
A B C1 C2 D E
260 474 180 375 180 165

99
400 A - 600 A

PF
INDUSTRIAL PLUGS

MECHANICAL FEATURES

Pilot contacts : designed to connect after and disconnect before IK10 metal casing
the phase contacts. excellent resistance to shocks.

Lateral spring-loaded silver

butt-contacts
Silver is an excellent
conductor and the plug engagement
cleans contacts automatically.

Electromechanical interlocking mechanism

The locking mechanism guarantees safe and
watertight connection and engages the pilot
contacts.
Safety shutter
IP2X/IPXXB (PFC), IP4X/IPXXD (PFQ).

MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LOCKING

Off load engagement The male-female connection is Locking the plug in the socket
automatically watertight. closes the pilots and connects
the main circuit.

100
PRESENTATION OF HIGH POWER INDUSTRIAL
PLUG MOUNTING IS AVAILABLE ON OUR
YOUTUBE CHANNEL

ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKING
At this level of power, it is not possible to directly disconnect under load.
Electrical interlocking with a switch or a pilot controlled contactor is required.
Boxes with the following equipment are available upon request:
• circuit breaker or differential switch,
• contactor,
• fuses,
• loop-out enclosures,
• terminals for single pole cables...

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE PFC CONTROL CIRCUIT

PLUG SOCKET-OUTLET CONTACTOR

L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1

COIL
PILOT CIRCUIT
COIL SUPPLY
FUSE

PILOT CONTACTS
PILOT
CONTACTS

PILOT CONTACTS
PFQ4 PFC6
Pilot contacts 2 2
Pilot Amperage 10 A/400 V AC 20 A/400 V AC
Interlocking Type Mechanical Mechanical
Terminal Type Solder/crimp Screw

Notes: The mechanical locking of the plug to the socket-outlet, via the rotation of a cam, closes the pilot contacts.
Failure to use a pilot/relay system can create an electrical shock hazard.

101
 PFQ4

400ÌA 690 V

INDUSTRIAL PLUG
PFQ4

IP66 95-240 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C 6 AUX. +
IP67 95-240 mm² (2)
+60 °C 2 PIL.

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Junction through mono or multi conductors cables

Auxiliary contacts (10 A/400 V) 6

Pilot contacts (10 A/400 V) 2

Flexible wiring auxiliaries/pilots 1,5 mm²

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
PFQ4 PFQ4

220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 4744017 4748017

380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 4744197 4748197
왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies are available (see page 14).

102
 400ÌA PFQ4

BOXES STAINLESS BOXES STAINLESS

Cable outer Ø Reference Cable outer Ø Reference
STEEL 316L STEEL 316L
WIRING FROM 95 TO 150 mm2 WIRING FROM 150 TO 240 mm2
CABLE GLAND INCLUDED CABLE GLAND INCLUDED
40-50 mm 474A023050 40-50 mm 474A023550
51-60 mm 474A023060 51-60 mm 474A023560
61-70 mm 474A023070 61-70 mm 474A023570
71-80 mm 474A023080 71-80 mm 474A023580
81-90 mm 474A023090 81-90 mm 474A023590

On request: boxes for installation in ducts, boxes equipped with circuit breaker, earth-leakage switch, contactor,…

HANDLES Cable outer Ø Reference HANDLES Cable outer Ø Reference

STRAIGHT ANGLED 90°

46-50 mm 474A013-50 46-50 mm 474A913-50
51-55 mm 474A013-55 51-55 mm 474A913-55
56-60 mm 474A013-60 56-60 mm 474A913-60
61-65 mm 474A013-65 61-65 mm 474A913-65
66-70 mm 474A013-70 66-70 mm 474A913-70
71-75 mm 474A013-75 71-75 mm 474A913-75
76-80 mm 474A013-80 76-80 mm 474A913-80
81-85 mm 474A013-85 81-85 mm 474A913-85
86-90 mm 474A013-90 86-90 mm 474A913-90

INFOS +
STRAIGHT CONNECTION RIGHT ANGLE CONNECTION
use (Ø 12) straight cable lugs and sleeves Right angle connection using straight (Ø 12) cable lugs
and insulation sleeves

3 cable lugs are

delivered as a
standard

it is recommended to fit
insulating sleeves to each
lug.
ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS Reference

KEY FOR LOCKING AND OPERATING PILOT CONTACTS

473A393

INLET LID

474A126

M12 CONNECTION PIECE*

474A277

*Wiring with straight cable lugs with terminals.

103
 400ÌA PFQ4

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON 90° ANGLED HANDLE ON SOCKET OUTLET

B C
E

A B C E
471 301 196 145

PLUG ON STRAIGHT HANDLE ON SOCKET OUTLET

A C

E B

A B C E
605 246 204 148

104
 400ÌA PFQ4

SOCKET OUTLET ON WALL BOX

E1

E2
A

B C

A B C E1 E2
95-150 mm² 713 510 389 460 458
150-240 mm² 1013 510 483 460 400/800

105
 PFC6

600ÌA 1 000 V

INDUSTRIAL PLUG
PFC6

IP66 95-240 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C 2 AUX
IP67 95-240 mm² (2)
+60 °C +2 PIL.

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Junction through mono or multi conductors cables

Auxiliary contacts (20 A/400 V) 2

Pilot contacts (20 A/400 V) 2

Flexible wiring auxiliaries/pilots 6 mm²

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
PFC6 PFC6

380-440 V AC 3P+E 4964013 4968013

220-250 V AC 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 4964017 4968017
660-690 V AC 3P+E 4964193 4968193
380-400 V AC 660-690 V AC 3P+N+E 4964197 4968197
1000 V AC 3P+E 4964223 4968223

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

106
 600ÌA PFC6

BOXES STAINLESS BOXES STAINLESS

Cable outer Ø Reference Cable outer Ø Reference
STEEL 316L STEEL 316L
WIRING FROM 95 TO 150 mm2 WIRING FROM 150 TO 240 mm2
CABLE GLAND INCLUDED CABLE GLAND INCLUDED
40-50 mm 496A023050 40-50 mm 496A023550
51-60 mm 496A023060 51-60 mm 496A023560
61-70 mm 496A023070 61-70 mm 496A023570
71-80 mm 496A023080 71-80 mm 496A023580
81-90 mm 496A023090 81-90 mm 496A023590

On request: boxes for installation in ducts, boxes equipped with circuit breaker, earth-leakage switch, contactor,…

HANDLES Cable outer Ø Reference HANDLES Cable outer Ø Reference

STRAIGHT ANGLED 90°

46-50 mm 496A013-50 40-50 mm 496A913-50

51-55 mm 496A013-55 51-60 mm 496A913-60
56-60 mm 496A013-60 61-70 mm 496A913-70
61-65 mm 496A013-65 71-80 mm 496A913-80
66-70 mm 496A013-70 81-90 mm 496A913-90
71-75 mm 496A013-75
76-80 mm 496A013-80
81-85 mm 496A013-85
86-90 mm 496A013-90

INFOS +
STRAIGHT CONNECTION RIGHT ANGLE CONNECTION
A right angled cable lug (Ø 14) with insulated sleeve. Straight cable lug (Ø 14) with insulated sleeve.

it is recommended to fit
insulating sleeves to each
lug.

ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS Reference

LOCKING KEY

496A393

INLET LID

496A126

107
 600ÌA PFC6

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON 90° ANGLED HANDLE ON SOCKET OUTLET

B C
E

A B C E
540 373 266 190

PLUG ON STRAIGHT HANDLE ON SOCKET OUTLET

A C

E B

A B C E
683 273 266 190

108
 600ÌA PFC6

SOCKET OUTLET ON WALL BOX

E1

E2
A

B C

A B C E1 E2
95-150 mm² 713 510 390 460 458
150-240 mm² 1013 510 479 460 400/800

109
SINGLE POLE
CONNECTORS

75ÌA 250 A 400ÌA 500ÌA

CS DSP400 CS1000
Bayonet contact system IP66/IP67/IP69 IP66/IP67
Self-cleaning contacts GRP or metal casing Visual and mechanical
coding
GRP casing
Padlocking ring
GRP casing

MODEL CURRENT U MAX AC MAX. NUM. AUX./PIL.

CS2 150 A 50 V (Extra LV) /

CS3 250 A 50 V (Extra LV) /

DSP400 400 A 1 000 V 2 PIL.

CS1000 500 A 1 000 V /

SP 750 A 1 000 V 2 PIL.

DSP1250 1250 A 1 000 V 2 PIL.

110
750ÌA 1250ÌA

SP DSP1250

SINGLE POLE
IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67
Visual and mechanical coding Metal casing
Electromechanical interlocking system
Overmoulded GRP on metal casing

DOWNLOAD ALL TECHNICAL SHEETS ON OUR

WEBSITE MARECHAL.COM

SELECTION GUIDE

MATERIAL IP IK PAGE

POLY NA IK08 112

POLY NA IK08 112

POLY
IP66/IP67 IK09 116
METAL

POLY IP66/IP67 IK08 122

POLY IP66/IP67 IK08 128

METAL IP66/IP67 IK10 132

111
 CS

75ÌAÌ Ì250ÌA 50 V (EXTRA LV)

SINGLE POLE
POWERÌCONNECTOR
O CS

See below GRP IK08 -20° C

+60° C

OTHER FEATURES
Type CS Wire cross-section (mm2) In rated current (A) I max welding cycle (A) (A)

5 minutes cycles

60 % 30 %

CS2 16 75 100 150

25 100 125 200

35 125 150 250

50 150 200 300

CS3 50 150 200 300

70 200 250 350

95 250 300 400

* Definition of 30% welding cycle: on a 5 min cycle, 30% of the time working (i.e. 1 min 30 s) and 70% off (i.e. 3 min 30 s).

112
 75ÌA
250ÌA CS

INLET PLUG
male with lug male with lug

CS2 CS3 CS2 CS3

Wire cross-section (mm2)

16 4 2901 016 4 0201 016

25 4 2901 030 4 0201 030

35 4 2901 040 4 0201 040

50 4 2901 050 4 3901 050 4 0201 050 4 0301 050

70 4 3901 075 4 0301 075

95 4 3901 100 4 0301 100

Screw type 4 2901 121 4 3901 121

SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER
female with lug SOCKET female
with lug
CS2 CS3 CS2 CS3
Wire cross-section (mm2)

16 4 2401 016 4 2301 016

25 4 2401 030 4 2301 030

35 4 2401 040 4 2301 040

50 4 2401 050 4 3401 050 4 2301 050 4 3301 050

70 4 3401 075 4 3301 075

95 4 3401 100 4 3301 100

Screw type 4 2401 121 4 3401 121

ADDITIONAL COPPER LUGS

Lug choice depends on the cable : the cross-section of the flexible cable mentioned in the table below is for information only. Please check dimensions
as these may vary according to cable types and manufacturers.

Straight threaded Straight threaded Straight threaded Internal External

Wiring (mm2)
M10 * M12* M14 * diameter (mm) diameter (mm)**

CS3 CS3
Flexible Stranded CS2
socket and coupler socket connector and plug
16 25 4 2301 416 6,6 9.5
25 35 4 2301 430 7,9 11
35 50 4 2301 440 9,2 12,5
50 70 4 2301 450 454A50D 4 3301 450 11 15
70 95 454A70D 4 3301 475 13,1 18
95 120 454A95D 4 3301 400 14,5 19

* Wiring with crimping lugs, according to NF C20-130 standard (for VDE 0220 standard, please contact us). Crimping: double hexagonal crimping is recommended.
**Choisir la matrice de sertissage en fonction du diamètre extérieur de votre cosse.

113
 75ÌA
250ÌA CS

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

SOCKET OUTLET

E B

A C

A B C E
CS2 79 50 32 38
CS3 103 60 44 44

PLUG

A B
CS2 115 31
CS3 157 38

114
 75ÌA
250ÌA CS

CONNECTOR

E B

A C

A B C E
CS2 89 50 32 38
CS3 146 60 44 44

COUPLER SOCKET

A B
CS2 152 31
CS3 204 38

115
 DSP400

400ÌA 500 V

NEW
SINGLE POLE POWER GRP OR METAL
CONNECTOR DSP400

500 V AC IP66 50 - 240 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C +2 PIL.
IP67 70 - 300 mm² (2)
METAL +60 °C
IP69

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
300 mm2 = 600 MCM.
Pre-wired pilot circuit (4 mm²) 10 A/400 V

Live part protection IP4X

Keying positions 7, mechanical and visual

REFERENCES (UP TO 500 V AC)

SOCKET-OUTLET metal CONNECTOR metal SOCKET-OUTLET GRP CONNECTOR GRP
DSP400 DSP400 DSP400 DSP400
COLOR coding WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG
Type Europe*
L1 Brown 3964001 3968001 3164001 3168001
L2 Black 3964002 3968002 3164002 3168002
L3 Grey 3964003 3968003 3164003 3168003
Neutral Blue 396400N 396800N 316400N 316800N
Earth Green 396400T 396800T 316400T 316800T
Positive Red 396400P 396800P 316400P 316800P
Negative Black 396400M 396800M 316400M 316800M
For products above 500 V
contact us contact us contact us contact us
(up to 1000 V)
* The indicated references are valid for Europe and Japan. For other countries: add the suffix P80 for the USA/P67 for Australia and New Zealand/P40 for UK and South-Africa.

116
 DSP
400ÌA 400

COPPER LUGS
Lug choice depends on the cable: the cross-section of the flexible cable mentioned in the table below is for information only. Please check dimensions
as these may vary according to cable types and manufacturers.

External diameter
Wiring (mm2) Straight with hole Straight threaded M12 Internal diameter (mm)
(mm)**
Flexible Stranded Reference Reference
50 70 454A50C 454A50D 11 15
70 95 454A70C 454A70D 13,1 18
95 120 45AA95C 454A95D 14,5 19
120 150 454A12C 454A12D 16,2 21
150 185 454A15C 454A15D 18 24
185* 240* 454A18C 454A18D 20.6 26
240* 300* 454A24C 454A24D 23.1 29

For male contact, wiring with crimping lugs, according to NF C20-130 standard (for VDE 0220 standard, please contact us). Crimping: double hexagonal
crimping is recommended.
* A spacer between the handle and the inlet is required for metal handles. Contact us for more details.
**Choisir la matrice de sertissage en fonction du diamètre extérieur de votre cosse.

See available options and accessories on page 145.

117
 DSP
400ÌA 400
GRP

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

E B

A B C E A B
203 215 95 66 309 167

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E
A E1

E D
D E2

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
233 258 102 136 87 122 174 336 166 166 135

118
 DSP
400ÌA 400
METAL

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

E B

A B C E A B
203 215 95 66 309 167

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E
A E1

E D
D E2

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
233 258 102 136 87 122 174 336 166 166 135

119
500ÌA

CS1000
SINGLE POLE CONNECTOR

CS1000
• are single pole connectors which are safe, reliable and provide • Are robust connectors with outstanding durability.
a high level of performance for all high current applications.
They withstand frequent overloads up to 500 A that depend
on operating cycle.

CS1000 CONNECTORS COMPLY WITH:

• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE USA and North
marking), REACH European Regulation. Canada Russia and Eurasia
America

PERFECT SAFETY HIGH PERFORMANCE

• Socket-outlet: IP2X finger protection, without cap, • Thanks to its silver butt-contact technology the CS1000
• IP66/IP67 watertightness with cap ; or upon connection, connector withstands permanent current of 500 A/1 000 V AC
• Locking mechanism preventing disconnection by accident. or 1 500 V DC (wiring from 50 to 400 mm2).

EASY CONNECTION
• Mechanical fool-proofing system between phases, neutral
and earth,
• Standardised colour coding (according to local regulation),
• Replacable crimping lug in case of cable damage.

CS1000 CHARACTERISATION

I max (A)

600
Permanent and non-intermittent on-load current permitted for a new
500
CS1000, wired with an appropriate H 07 RN-F cable, and at a defined
maximal ambient temperature. 400

Tamb maxi : 60°C. 300

Tamb maxi : 30°C. 200
Section
100
(mm2)
50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300

120
Up to 500 A/1 000 V
IP66/IP67
Temperature rating -40 °C to +60 °C
Mechanical padlocking ring

IP66/IP67 Safety shutter

seal ring (IP2X protection)

Bayonet operation

Mechanical keying position (Neutral here)

Silver-Nickel Contact Material

Spring Loaded Butt-Style Contacts Solid silver-nickel contact surfaces provide:
Ensures optimal contact force and • superior conductivity,
superior electrical performance over • corrosion resistance,
thousands of operations. • durability.

Protective Cap
Ensures IP66/IP67 watertightness when disconnected.

5 MECHANICAL KEYING POSITIONS (EUROPEAN COLOR CODING)

Earth L1 L2/Negative L3/Positive Neutral

121
 CS
1000

500ÌA 1 000 V

SINGLE POLE POWER

CONNECTOR CS1000

1 000 V AC IP66 50-300 mm² (1)

GRP IK08 -40 °C
1 500 V DC IP67 70-400 mm² (2)
+60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Icc : rated conditional short circuit current (kA) 20 kA during 250 ms

Number of operations 2 000

Keying positions 5, mechanical and visual

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
CS1000 CS1000
COLOR coding WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG
Type Europe* Reference Reference
L1 Brown 4534001 4538001
L2 Black 4534002 4538002
L3 Grey 4534003 4538003
Neutral Blue 453400N 453800N
Earth Green 453400T 453800T
Positive Red 453400P 453800P
Negative Black 453400M 453800M
* The indicated references are valid for Europe and Japan. for UK, South-Africa and India : add the suffix P40.
Color coding is as follows: L1 => Red / L2 => Yellow / L3 => Blue / Neutral => Black / Earth => Green / Positive => Red / Negative => Black.

122
 CS
500ÌA 1000

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
CS1000 CS1000
COLOR coding WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG

Type Australia and New Zealand Reference Reference

L1 Red 4534001-P67 4538001-P67
L2 White 4534002-P67 4538002-P67
L3 Blue 4534003-P67 4538003-P67
Neutral Black 453400N-P67 453800N-P67
Earth Green 453400T-P67 453800T-P67
Positive Red 453400P-P67 453800P-P67
Negative Black 453400M-P67 453800M-P67

Type USA Reference Reference

L1 Black 4534001-P80 4538001-P80
L2 Red 4534002-P80 4538002-P80
L3 Blue 4534003-P80 4538003-P80
Neutral White 453400N-P80 453800N-P80
Earth Green 453400T-P80 453800T-P80
Positive Red 453400P-P80 453800P-P80
Negative Black 453400M-P80 453800M-P80

COPPER LUGS
Lug choice depends on the cable: the cross-section of the flexible cable mentioned in the table below is for information only. Please check dimensions
as these may vary according to cable types and manufacturers.

Wiring (mm2) Straight with hole Straight threaded M12 Internal diameter (mm) External diameter (mm)*
Flexible Stranded Reference Reference
50 70 454A50C 454A50D 11 15
70 95 454A70C 454A70D 13,1 18
95 120 454A95C 454A95D 14,5 19
120 150 454A12C 454A12D 16,2 21
150 185 454A15C 454A15D 18 24
185 240 454A18C 454A18D 20,6 26
240 300 454A24C 454A24D 23,1 29
300 400 454A30C 454A30D 26,1 32
400 500 454A40C 454A40D 29,2 40

For male contact, wiring with crimping lugs, according to NF C20-130 standard (for VDE 0220 standard, please contact us). Crimping: Double hexagonal crimping is
recommended.
*Choisir la matrice de sertissage en fonction du diamètre extérieur de votre cosse.

OPTIONS Reference SLEEVE Reference

PADLOCKING RING SLEEVE INCLINED 30° WITHÌADAPTER PLATE

The inclined sleeve
453A843 is recommended to
453A027
reduce cable weight
effect.
INLET CAP
Input/
HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø
453A126
HANDLE STRAIGHT

ADAPTER PLATE M32/14-25 mm 453A753

M40/18-32 mm 453A783
453A540
HANDLE + MANDATORY ADAPTATION PLATE
Designed for lugs with part numbers starting from 454A24D.
ADDITIONAL UNLOCKING KEY
454A753
453A457-SP
(Ø : 17-38 mm)
453A396 454A783
453A457-SP
(Ø : 35-48 mm)

123
 CS
500ÌA 1000

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET

C A

A B C D
231 56 56 160

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

VERSION WITH HANDLE REF. 453A783 & 453A753
C A

E1

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2
257 202 77 108 64 95

124
 CS
500ÌA 1000

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

VERSION WITH HANDLE REF. 454A783 + 453A457-SP (A, B) & 453A753 + 453A457-SP (F, G)

E1 A

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2 F G
305 238 77 108 63 95 263 213

125
750ÌA

SP
SINGLE POLE CONNECTOR

SP
• are single pole connectors which are safe, reliable and provide • Are robust connectors with outstanding durability.
a high level of performance for all high current applications. • Are fitted with an electromechanical interlocking and an
They withstand frequent overloads up to 750 A that depend electrical interlocking with pilot contact circuit.
on operating cycle.

SP SINGLE POLE CONNECTORS COMPLY

WITH:
• the European Directives Low Voltage, RoHS (affixing of CE
Russia Military
marking), REACH European Regulation. Canada Naval
and Eurasia (Mil-S-901D)

THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE SAFETY PERFORMANCES

• IP2X socket-outlet when cap removed, • Thanks to the butt-contact principle, the SP withstands
• Automatic IP66 watertightness when plug is connected. continuously up to 750 A/1000 V AC or 1500 V DC (70 mm2 to
630 mm2 conductors), withstands at least 2 000 operations.
AN EASILY OPERABLE CONNECTOR
• Straight insertion of the plug into the socket-outlet without
any rotation,
• Mechanical fool-proofing system between phases, neutral
and earth,
• Visual identification by standard colours,
• Screwed crimping lugs facilitate cable replacement.
Reliable mechanical and electrical interlocking with
pilot contact circuit.

SP CHARACTERISATION

I max (A)
950
Permanent and non-intermittent on-load current permitted for a new SP, 850
wired with an appropriate H 07 RN-F cable, and at a defined maximal
750
ambient temperature.
650
Tamb maxi : 60°C. 550
Tamb maxi : 30°C.
450
350 Section
250 (mm2)
75 95 120 150 185 240 300 400 500 630

126
Up to 750 A/1 000 V
IP66/IP67
Temperature rating -40 °C to +60 °C
Electromechanical interlocking system

Colour coding system

according to country standard

Release button

Automatically IP66 when connected

(dust and water hose down)

Operating ring of the

electromechanical
interlocking system

Closing lever, this can

be fitted to the socket
or plug
Mechanical colored keying ring of
L1, L2, L3, N and E

INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM: INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM:

INCREASED POWER WITH PARALLEL CONNECTION LAST CONNECTION COMPLETES THE CIRCUIT

L1 P1 P2 L1 L2 L3 N P1 P2

L1 L2 L3 N
L1

127
 SP

750ÌA 1 000 V

SINGLE POLE
POWERÌCONNECTOR SP

1 000 V AC IP66 SEE GRP IK08 -40 °C +2 PIL.

1 500 V DC IP67 TABLE +60 °C

LEVER MECHANISM OTHER FEATURES

TO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY Rated current Consult us for intensities higher than 700 A
Compatible with socket
or inlet since 2018 Short-circuit current Icc 20 kA for 250 ms
Lever mechanism :
Number of operations 2 000
454A876
Draw base : 454A396 Pre-wired pilot circuit 10 A/250 V

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
SP SP
COLOR coding WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG
Type Europe* Reference Reference
L1 Brown 4544001 4548001
L2 Black 4544002 4548002
L3 Grey 4544003 4548003
Neutral Blue 454400N 454800N
Earth Green 454400T 454800T
Positive Red 454400P 454800P
Negative Black 454400M 454800M
* The indicated references are valid for Europe and Japan.for UK, South Africa and India : add the suffix P40.
Color coding is as follows: L1 => Red / L2 => Yellow / L3 => Blue / Neutral => Black / Earth => Green / Positive => Red / Negative => Black.

128
 750ÌA SP

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
SP (700 A) SP (700 A)
COLOR coding WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG
Type Australia and New Zealand Reference Reference
L1 Red 4544001-P67 4548001-P67
L2 White 4544002-P67 4548002-P67
L3 Blue 4544003-P67 4548003-P67
Neutral Black 454400N-P67 454800N-P67
Earth Green 454400T-P67 454800T-P67
Positive Red 454400P-P67 454800P-P67
Negative Black 454400M-P67 454800M-P67

Type USA Reference Reference

L1 Black 4544001-P80 4548001-P80
L2 Red 4544002-P80 4548002-P80
L3 Blue 4544003-P80 4548003-P80
Neutral White 454400N-P80 454800N-P80
Earth Green 454400T-P80 454800T-P80
Positive Red 454400P-P80 454800P-P80
Negative Black 454400M-P80 454800M-P80

LUGS
Lug choice depends on the cable: the cross-section of the flexible cable mentioned in the table below is for information only. Please check dimensions
as these may vary according to cable types and manufacturers.

Wiring (mm2) Straight with hole Straight threaded M12 Internal diameter (mm) External diameter (mm)*
Flexible Stranded Reference Reference
50 70 454A50C 454A50D 11 15
70 95 454A70C 454A70D 13.1 18
95 120 45AA95C 454A95D 14.5 19
120 150 454A12C 454A12D 16.2 21
150 185 454A15C 454A15D 18 24
185 240 454A18C 454A18D 20.6 26
240 300 454A24C 454A24D 23.1 29
300 400 454A30C 454A30D 26.1 32
400 500 454A40C 454A40D 29.2 40
500 630 454A500C 454A500D 33.2 42
630 / / 454A63D 37.6 52
For male contact, wiring with crimping lugs, according to NF C20-130 standard (for VDE 0220 standard, please contact us). Crimping: Double hexagonal crimping is
recommended.
*Choisir la matrice de sertissage en fonction du diamètre extérieur de votre cosse.

Input/
OPTIONS Reference HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø
M12 CONNECTION PIECE* HANDLE STRAIGHT
M50
454A753
474A277 17-38 mm
M63
454A783
*Wiring with straight cable lugs with terminals. 35-48 mm

SLEEVE Reference ACCESSORIES Reference

SLEEVE INCLINED METAL 45° LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm

(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
The inclined sleeve
is recommended to
454A027
reduce cable weight 454A843
effect.

129
 700ÌA SP

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET

A
SP M50 265
SP M63 291

PLUG ON 45° INCLINED SOCKET OUTLET

A E1

D E2

A B C D E1 E2
SP M50 254 306 105 128 89 112
SP M63 279 330 105 128 89 112

130
700ÌA SP

131
13
131
31
1250ÌA 1 000 V

NEW
DSP1250

SINGLE POLE POWER

CONNECTOR DSP1250

1 000 V AC IP66 50 - 630 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C +2 PIL.
1 500 V DC IP67 70 - 630 mm² (2)
+60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
630 mm2 = 1250 MCM.
Pre-wired pilot circuit (2.2 mm²) 5 A/400 V

Live part protection IP2X

Keying positions 7, mechanical and visual

REFERENCES (UP TO 690 V AC)

SOCKET-OUTLET CONNECTOR metal
metal
WITHOUT LUG WITHOUT LUG

Type Europe*
L1 Brown 3924001 3928001
L2 Black 3924002 3928002
L3 Grey 3924003 3928003
Neutral Blue 392400N 392800N
Earth Green 392400T 392800T
Positive Red 392400P 392800P
Negative Black 392400M 392800M
For products above 690 V (up to 1000 V) Reference + 155 Reference + 155

* The indicated references are valid for Europe and Japan. For other countries: add the suffix P80 for the USA/P67 for Australia and New Zealand/P40 for UK and South-Africa.

132
 DSP
1250ÌA 1250

COPPER LUGS
Lug choice depends on the cable: the cross-section of the flexible cable mentioned in the table below is for information only. Please check dimensions
as these may vary according to cable types and manufacturers.

Wiring (mm2) Straight with hole Straight threaded M12 Internal diameter (mm) External diameter (mm)*
Flexible Stranded Reference Reference
50 70 454A50C 454A50D 11 15
70 95 454A70C 454A70D 13.1 18
95 120 45AA95C 454A95D 14.5 19
120 150 454A12C 454A12D 16.2 21
150 185 454A15C 454A15D 18 24
185 240 454A18C 454A18D 20.6 26
240 300 454A24C 454A24D 23.1 29
300 400 454A30C 454A30D 26.1 32
400 500 454A40C 454A40D 29.2 40
500 630 454A500C 454A500D 33.2 42
630 / / 454A63D 37.6 52

For male contact, wiring with crimping lugs, according to NF C20-130 standard (for VDE 0220 standard, please contact us). Crimping: Double hexagonal crimping is
recommended.
*Choisir la matrice de sertissage en fonction du diamètre extérieur de votre cosse.

EMC
OPTIONS Reference SLEEVE Reference
Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm METAL SLEEVE
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)

Socket-outlet ref. +843 60° 597M6 Ref. +EMC

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS

399A541

Cable outer EMC

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 HANDLE Reference
Ø Option
392A426 ELASTOMER HANDLE WITH GLAND(2)

25-35 mm 556P0D35 /
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)
35-45 mm 556P0D45 /
Socket-outlet ref.+R
45-49 mm 556P0D49 /
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) METAL HANDLE WITH
INTEGRATED CABLE CLAMP
Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC
Contact us for additionnal accessories
40-50 mm 5K6P0D50 /

SPACERS (BETWEEN THE WALL BOX OR PANEL)(1)

51-60 mm 5K6P0D60 /
5K7M0-68
Depth 68 mm Ref. + EMC 61-70 mm 5K6P0D70 /
(EMC Option)
5K7M0-115 71-80 mm 5K6P0D80 /
Depth 115 mm Ref. + EMC
(EMC Option)
81-90 mm 5K6P0D90 /
PADLOCKING/ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
NEW
INTERLOCKING METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY
(WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) - LARGE SIZE

M63 796P0M63 Ref. +EMC

Socket-outlet reference+MIL.
Check out the details on page 300 M75 796P0M75 Ref. +EMC

(1) When using straight lugs in a sleeve, spacer is required.

(2) These handles require an additionnal spacer.

133
 DSP
1250ÌA 1250

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG

C A

A B C
475 147 147

COUPLER SOCKET

A C

A B C
463 188 340

134
 DSP
1250ÌA 1250

SOCKET OUTLET INCLINED AT 60°

C1

A E

D E

C2

A B C1 C2 D E
225 411 191 340 191 165

135
MULTICONTACTS MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS CONNECTEURS

7 CONTACTS 7 CONTACTS 9 CONTACTS 12 CONTACTS

25ÌA 50ÌA/100 A 30ÌA 16ÌA

PN7C DS7C3/6 DN9C PN12C

U MAX
MODEL MAX NB OF CONTACTS CURRENT
AC

PN7C 6+E (screw-type) 25 A 500 V

DS7C3 6+E (screw-type) 50 A 500 V

DS7C6 6+E (screw-type) 100 A 500 V

DN9C 8+E (screw-type) 30 A 415 V

PN12C 11+E (welding/crimping) 16 A 480 V

DSN12C 11+E (welding/crimping) 16 A 480 V

DN20C 19+E (screw-type) 25 A 415 V

DSN24C 23+E (welding/crimping) 16 A 480 V

DSN37C 36+E (welding/crimping) 16 A 480 V

136
 DOWNLOAD ALL TECHNICAL SHEETS ON OUR
WEBSITE MARECHAL.COM

SELECTION GUIDE

12 CONTACTS 20 CONTACTS 24 CONTACTS 37 CONTACTS

16ÌA 25ÌA 16ÌA 16ÌA

DSN12C DN20C DSN24C DSN37C

MULTICONTACTS
MATERIAL IP EMC OPTION IK PAGE

POLY
IP66/IP67 Yes (metal) IK09 140
METAL

METAL IP66/IP67 Yes IK09 144

POLY
IP66/IP67 Yes (metal) IK09 148
METAL

METAL IP54/IP55 Yes IK09 152

POLY
IP66/IP67 Yes (metal) IK09 156
METAL

POLY IP66/IP67 / IK09 160

METAL IP54/IP55 / IK09 164

POLY IP66/IP67 / IK09 168

POLY IP66/IP67 / IK09 172

137
12 37 CONTACTS

CRIMPING CONTACTS
FOR PN12C/DSN12C/DSN24C/DSN37C

ECONOMIC AND TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES

Crimping ensures an economical and sustainable solution through instal-
lation time saving and quality of connection.
• No need for soldering performance qualifications.
• High resistance to vibrations.
• Handling more than 5000 operations: a high durability and quality of connection
guaranteed.

ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS DESIGNATION REFERENCE

Bag of 13 females contacts 01AA213

01AA113 (PN12C/DSN12C)
Bag of 13 males contacts
61CA113 (DSN24C/DSN37C)

Multi-Contact removal tool 61CA593

European crimping tool 61CA500

Helavia sleeve expansion tool 61CA400

Bag of 13 heat shrink insulation sleeves 61CA083

FAST WIRING
• Cable conductors: 1 mm² to 2,5 mm²
• Before wiring, add a heat-shrink sleeve or insulating sleeve on each conductor..
• After wiring, cover the visible portion of the contact with the sleeve.
• Sertissage : utiliser une pince « Knipex » ref. 61CA500.
• Use the 4 mm² footprint whatever the conductor cross-section. INFOS +
• Perform double crimping in compliance with NF C 20-130 and CEI 60352-2
Leaving 2 contacts unused can give 9 different keying positions (on
standards.
socket outlet side or mobile plug side) using the two specific stopping
• Conductors can equally be soldered.
plugs supplied.

138
SIMPLE ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY
To insert contacts when they have been wired is simple. To remove, use the tool provided.
Push wired contact into rear of insulator until it stops to complete the Push tool from front onto contact until tool stops.
installation. Contact is then released at rear of insulator.

Socket-outlet side Connector side

Cable Cable

Insulation sleeve Insulation sleeve

Ferrule Female contact Male contact silver plated Ferrule

(for cable section <1 mm²) silver plated + silver-nickel tips (for cable section <1 mm²)

139
 PN7C

500 V
7 CONTACTS 25ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS PN7C

IP66 1-4 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C
IP67 1-6 mm² (2)
METAL +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
∑ of currents (contacts) 130 A

Terminals wiring screw-type

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
GRP
PN7C PN7C

GRP devices are not 50 V AC 6P (16 A) 01P4060 01P8060

compatible with metal 50 V AC 7P (16 A) 01P4070 01P8070
devices. 500 V AC 5P+E (25 A) 01P4051 01P8051
500 V AC 6P+E (16 A) 01P4061 01P8061

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
METAL
PN7C PN7C

For a black colour GRP

50 V AC 6P (16 A) 09P4060 09P8060
housing replace the second
reference character with 5. 50 V AC 7P (16 A) 09P4070 09P8070
480 V AC 5P+E (25 A) 09P4051 09P8051
480 V AC 6P+E (16 A) 09P4061 09P8061

140
 PN
25ÌA 7C

Option
OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Ref.
EMC
POLY BOX
LOCKING FOR 1 PADLOCK Ø 4 mm (WITHOUT SHAFT)
30° M20 511B3M20 /
Ref. + 843
30° M25 511B3M25 /

SCREW LOCKING IMPRINT BTR 2,5 POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

Without
70° 511C7000 /
Ref. + 22 hole

70° Hole Ø 20 511C7M20 /

INLET CAP

Earth bar ref. : 70° Hole Ø 25 511C7M25 /

01NA426 51AA089
70° Hole Ø 32 511C7M32 /
REVERSED INTERIOR AND CONTACTS
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

The connector is
Ref. conn. + 001
supplied with a 30° M20 511C3M20 /
Ref. socket + 001
rubber inlet cap.

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

180° OPENING LID
45° M20 591C4M20 Ref. +EMC
Ref. socket + 10
45° M25 591C4M25 Ref. +EMC
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID
(MANUAL CLOSING) 45° M32 591C4M32 Ref. +EMC

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

Socket-outlet ref.+R

180° OPENING + SELF-RETURNING LID Input/

Option
HANDLE Cable outer Ref.
EMC
Ref. socket + 18
Ø
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) 9-18 mm 511P0D18 /

Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC

5-21 mm 511P0D21 /

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK

60° 9-18 mm 511P6D18 /
The black dot means these products are also available in black color.
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5 POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW 5-12 mm 511P020P /

This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on 9-18 mm 511P025P /
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
14-25 mm 511P032P /

METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

7-13 mm 591P020M Ref. +EMC

Option
SLEEVE Reference
EMC 8-16 mm 591P025M Ref. +EMC

POLY SLEEVE
16-24 mm 591P032M Ref. +EMC

30° 511M3 / POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M20 511P0M20 /
70° 511M7 /
M25 511P0M25 /
METAL SLEEVE
M32 511P0M32 /
0° (Straight) 591M0 Ref. +EMC
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M20 591P0M20 Ref. +EMC

30° 591M3 Ref. +EMC
M25 591P0M25 Ref. +EMC

45° 591M4 /
M32 591P0M32 Ref. +EMC

141
 PN
25ÌA 7C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET

E
A A E

E
E

B B

C C

A B C E
Straight handle 127 140 58 42
Angled handle 117 138 61 42

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A E1 A E1

D E2 D E2

B B

C C

A B B D E1 E2
Straight handle 178 176 68 90 36/56 78
Angled handle 153 176 68 90 36/56 78

142
 PN
25ÌA 7C

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A E1 A E1

D E2 D E2
B
B

C C

A B C D E1 E2
Straight handle 160 170 77 108 63 95
Angled handle 133 165 77 108 63 95

COUPLER

C A

A B C
Straight handle 208 132 58

143
 DS7C3

500 V
7 CONTACTS 50ÌA

DECONTACTOR™
DS7C3 NEW VERSION
IP66/IP67

COMPATIBLE WITH PREVIOUS

VERSIONS

IP66 2,5-6 mm² (1) METAL IK09 -40 °C AC-22 60309-1 3 AUX
IP67 2,5-10 mm² (2) +60 °C AC-23 60309-4
60947-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
Comply with IEC/EN 60309-1 standards 50 A/500 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 50 A/500 V

For GRP versions,
contact us.
OTHER FEATURES
Terminals wiring screw-type

Flexible and stranded wiring (min.-max.) 2,5-10 mm²

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DS7C3 DS7C3

50 A/max 500 V AC 6P+E 3934561 3938561

50 A/max 500 V AC
6P+E+3 aux. 3934561972 3938561972
Auxiliaries 10 A/400 V

144
 DS
DS7C3 ACCESSORIES 50ÌA 7C3

EMC
OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Ref.
Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 514B3M32 /
Socket-outlet ref. +843
30° M40 514B3M40 /

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

399A541 20° M25 594B2M25 Ref. +EMC

20° M32 594B2M32 Ref. +EMC

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
20° M40 594B2M40 Ref. +EMC
Ref. socket +453
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 70° Without hole 514C7000 /

Ø 32 mm
316A426 70° 514C7M32 /
drill hole
Earth bar ref. : Ø 40 mm
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS 51AA089 70° 514C7M40 /
drill hole
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
316A346
30° M25 514C3M25 /

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING) 30° M32 514C3M32 /

Ref. socket poly + R 30° M40 514C3M40 /

30° M50 514C3M50 /

IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
396A226
30° M25 594C3M25 Ref. +EMC
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) 30° M32 594C3M32 Ref. +EMC

Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC 30° M40 594C3M40 Ref. +EMC

30° M50 594C3M50 Ref. +EMC

SELF-EJECTION
0°
M25 594C0M25 Ref. +EMC
See page 188 (Straight)
0°
M32 594C0M32 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)
Input/ 0°
M40 594C0M40 Ref. +EMC
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection (Straight)
Cable outer Ø 0°
M50 594C0M50 Ref. +EMC
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND (Straight)
70° M25 594C7M25 Ref. +EMC
13-35 mm 514P0D35 /
70° M32 594C7M32 Ref. +EMC
POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
14-25 mm 514P032P Ref. +443 70° M40 594C7M40 Ref. +EMC

18-32 mm 514P040P Ref. +443 70° M50 594C7M50 Ref. +EMC

24-38 mm 514P050P Ref. +443
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M32 514P0M32 Ref. +443
M40 514P0M40 Ref. +443 EMC
SLEEVE Reference
M50 514P0M50 / Option

METAL HANDLE + METAL CABLE GLAND EMC POLY SLEEVE

(+ EARTHING WIRE) Option
Ref. +EMC 30° 514M3 /
8-16 mm 594P025M
(9-16 mm)
Ref. +EMC
16-24 mm 594P032M 70° 514M7 /
(11-21 mm)
Ref. +EMC
22-32 mm 594P040M METAL SLEEVE
(19-28 mm)
Ref. +EMC
34-44 mm 594P050M
(27-35 mm) 0° (Straight) 594M0 Ref. +EMC
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M25 594P0M25 Ref. +EMC 30° 594M3 Ref. +EMC
M32 594P0M32 Ref. +EMC
M40 594P0M40 Ref. +EMC
70° 594M7 Ref. +EMC
M50 594P0M50 Ref. +EMC

145
 DS
50ÌA 7C3

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E

B
B

A B C E A B
203 175 95 66 309 127

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1

A E1

D E2

E2

B
B

A B C E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
260 260 105 88 122 242 333 178 166 157 146

146
 DS
50ÌA 7C3

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

C
A E1

A E1

E2

E2

B B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C E1 E2
279 257 102 136 88 122 169 346 104 88 88

147
 DS7C6

500 V
7 CONTACTS 100ÌA

CONNECTOR
DS7C6 NEW GRP OR METAL

IP66 10 - 25 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C 6 AUX
IP67 10 - 35 mm² (2)
METAL +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
Terminals wiring screw-type

Stranded or flexible auxiliary wiring (min.-max.) 2 mm²

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
GRP
DS7C6 DS7C6

Finger drawplates
included 100 A/max 500 V AC 6P+E 3164561 3168561
Auxiliaries 10 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 262 Ref. + 262
Auxiliaries 10 A/500 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264
Auxiliaries 10 A/500 V AC + 6 contacts Ref. + 976 Ref. + 976

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
METAL
DS7C6 DS7C6

100 A/max 500 V AC 6P+E 3964561 3968561

Auxiliaries 10 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 262 Ref. + 262
Auxiliaries 10 A/500 V AC + 4 contacts Ref. + 264 Ref. + 264
Auxiliaries 10 A/500 V AC + 6 contacts Ref. + 976 Ref. + 976

148
 DS
100ÌA 7C6

EMC
OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Ref.
Option
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 514B3M32 /

Socket-outlet ref. +843 30° M40 514B3M40 /

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS
20° M25 594B2M25 Ref. +EMC

399A541 20° M32 594B2M32 Ref. +EMC

20° M40 594B2M40 Ref. +EMC

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

Ref. socket +453 70° Without hole 514C7000 /

Ø 32 mm
70° 514C7M32 /
drill hole
INLET CAP IP66/IP67 Earth bar ref. : Ø 40 mm
51AA089 70° 514C7M40 /
drill hole

316A426 METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

30° M25 514C3M25 /

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)
30° M32 514C3M32 /

Ref. socket poly + R 30° M40 514C3M40 /

30° M50 514C3M50 /

IP55 METAL LOCKABLE SELF-CLOSING LID FOR INLET
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

30° M25 594C3M25 Ref. +EMC

396A226
30° M32 594C3M32 Ref. +EMC

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) 30° M40 594C3M40 Ref. +EMC

(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304)
30° M50 594C3M50 Ref. +EMC
Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC 0°
M25 594C0M25 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)
0°
M32 594C0M32 Ref. +EMC
(Straight)
Input/ 0°
M40 594C0M40 Ref. +EMC
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection (Straight)
Cable outer Ø 0°
M50 594C0M50 Ref. +EMC
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND (Straight)
70° M25 594C7M25 Ref. +EMC
13-35 mm 514P0D35 /
70° M32 594C7M32 Ref. +EMC
POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
14-25 mm 514P032P Ref. +443 70° M40 594C7M40 Ref. +EMC

18-32 mm 514P040P Ref. +443 70° M50 594C7M50 Ref. +EMC

24-38 mm 514P050P Ref. +443
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M32 514P0M32 Ref. +443
M40 514P0M40 Ref. +443 EMC
SLEEVE Reference
M50 514P0M50 / Option

METAL HANDLE + METAL CABLE GLAND EMC POLY SLEEVE

(+ EARTHING WIRE) Option
Ref. +EMC 30° 514M3 /
8-16 mm 594P025M
(9-16 mm)
Ref. +EMC
16-24 mm 594P032M 70° 514M7 /
(11-21 mm)
Ref. +EMC
22-32 mm 594P040M METAL SLEEVE
(19-28 mm)
Ref. +EMC
34-44 mm 594P050M
(27-35 mm) 0° (Straight) 594M0 Ref. +EMC
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M25 594P0M25 Ref. +EMC 30° 594M3 Ref. +EMC
M32 594P0M32 Ref. +EMC
M40 594P0M40 Ref. +EMC
70° 594M7 Ref. +EMC
M50 594P0M50 Ref. +EMC

149
 DS
100ÌA 7C6

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

B
B

A B C E A B
257 238 141 66 404 238

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1
A E1

E2
D
E2

A B C E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
353 273 150 125 97 252 374 145 156 125 97

150
 DS
100ÌA 7C6

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

C
A E1

A E1

E2

B B

A B C E1 E2 A B C E1 E2
278 263 141 87 122 177 365 141 87 122

151
 DN9C

415 V
9 CONTACTS 30ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS DN9C

IP54 1-6 mm² (1) METAL IK09 -40 °C

IP55 1,5-10 mm² (2) +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
IP protection plug connected IP54

IP protection lid closed IP55

∑ of currents (contacts) 210 A

Terminals wiring screw-type

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DN9C DN9C

415 V AC 8P+E 1914081 1918081

왘 The contacts can be assigned either power or signal.

152
 DN
30ÌA 9C

Option
OPTIONS Reference BOÎTIERS Input Ref.
EMC
LOCKING PIN FOR 3 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M25 513B3M25 /
Ref. + 844

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

Ref. socket + 453 20° M20 593B2M20 Ref. +EMC

20° M25 593B2M25 Ref. +EMC

INLET CAP
20° M32 593B2M32 Ref. +EMC
191A126
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
180° OPENING LID
70° Without hole 513C7000 /
Ref. socket + 10
Ø 25 mm
70° 513C7M25 /
drill hole
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID
(MANUAL CLOSING) Ø 32 mm
Earth bar ref. : 70° 513C7M32 /
drill hole
51AA089
Socket-outlet ref.+R Ø 40 mm
70° 513C7M40 /
drill hole
180° OPENING + SELF-RETURNING LID METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE

Ref. socket + 18 30° M20 513C3M20 /

30° M25 513C3M25 /

IP66/IP67 SOCKET-OUTLET AND INLET
30° M32 513C3M32 /
Ref. + 600
30° M40 513C3M40 /
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304) METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

30° M20 593C3M20 Ref. +EMC

Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC
30° M25 593C3M25 Ref. +EMC
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW

This sticker means that the product is also available with an

naantibacterial 30° M32 593C3M32 Ref. +EMC
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us. 30° M40 593C3M40 Ref. +EMC

0° (Straight) M20 593C0M20 Ref. +EMC

Input/ Option
HANDLE Ref. 0° (Straight) M25 593C0M25 Ref. +EMC
Cable outer Ø EMC
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND 0° (Straight) M32 593C0M32 Ref. +EMC

10-30 mm 513P0D30 / 0° (Straight) M40 593C0M40 Ref. +EMC

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND 70° M20 593C7M20 Ref. +EMC

9-18 mm 513P025P / 70° M25 593C7M25 Ref. +EMC

14-25 mm 513P032P /
70° M32 593C7M32 Ref. +EMC
18-32 mm 513P040P /
70° M40 593C7M40 Ref. +EMC
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
Ref. +EMC (7-12 Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
7-13 mm 593P020M
mm)

8-16 mm 593P025M
Ref. +EMC (9-16 Option
mm) SLEEVE Reference
EMC
Ref. +EMC (11-21 POLY SLEEVE
16-24 mm 593P032M
mm)
Ref. +EMC (19-28 30° 513M3 /
22-32 mm 593P040M
mm)
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
70° 513M7 /
M20 513P0M20 /
M25 513P0M25 /
METAL SLEEVE
M32 513P0M32 /
M40 513P0M40 / 0° (Straight) 593M0 Ref. +EMC
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
M20 593P0M20 Ref. +EMC 30° 593M3 Ref. +EMC
M25 593P0M25 Ref. +EMC
M32 593P0M32 Ref. +EMC
70° 593M7 Ref. +EMC
M40 593P0M40 Ref. +EMC

153
 DN
30ÌA 9C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A
E
A

B
B

A B C E A B
184 156 80 55 285 156

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E1 E1

D E2 E2 D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
239 218 89 100 77 88 200 265 110 114 94 70

154
 DN
30ÌA 9C

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A C
E
E

E D
D E

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
210 176 77 108 63 95 141 262 77 108 63 95

155
 PN12C

480 V
12 CONTACTS 16ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS PN12C

IP66 1-2,5 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C
IP67 METAL +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

OTHER FEATURES
Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV

Contact resistance ‹ 2 mΩ

Permited current range 4-20 mA/16 A

∑ of currents (contacts) 110 A

AISI 304 stainless steel Terminals wiring To weld/crimp
versions are available Salt mist (GRP casing) 1000 hours connected
on request.
Butt contacts Silver-nickel tips

Contact protection Silvering

Load cycles › 5 000 cycles

Frequency 5-1000 Hz, 1g/(90 minutes on each critical frequency)

Vibrations
according to IEC 6068-2-6

For a black colour GRP

housing replace the second SOCKET-OUTLET
reference character with 5 female INLET male
(GRP version only). PN12C PN12C

GRP devices are not POLY 480 V AC 12 contacts 01A4001 01A8001

compatible with metal METAL 480 V AC 12 contacts 09A4001 09A8001
devices.
왘 Each product is supplied with 1 bag of 13 contacts, supplied with insulation sleeves and ferrules (see p.138 or
the accessories page for more details).

156
 PN
16ÌA 12C

Option
OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Ref.
EMC
LOCKING OPTION FOR 1 PADLOCKS Ø 4mm POLY BOX
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M20 511B3M20 /
Ref. + 843
30° M25 511B3M25 /
SCREW LOCKING IMPRINT BTR 2,5
POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
Ref. + 22
Without
70° 511C7000 /
INLET CAP hole

01NA426 70° Hole Ø 20 511C7M20 /

REVERSED INTERIOR AND CONTACTS Earth bar ref. : 70° Hole Ø 25 511C7M25 /
51AA089
Ref. conn. + 001
The connector is supplied with a 70° Hole Ø 32 511C7M32 /
Ref. socket
rubber inlet cap.
+ 001
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
180° OPENING LID
30° M20 511C3M20 /
Ref. socket + 10

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE

IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)
Socket-outlet 45° M20 591C4M20 Ref. +EMC
ref.+R

180° OPENING + SELF-RETURNING LID 45° M25 591C4M25 Ref. +EMC

Ref. socket + 18

45° M32 591C4M32 Ref. +EMC

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
(SEE DETAIL PAGE 304)

Ref. socket and metal connector +EMC Input/ Option

HANDLE Ref.
Cable outer Ø EMC
BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND
01AA213
9-18 mm 511P0D18 /

BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS

5-21 mm 511P0D21 /
01AA113
60° 9-18 mm 511P6D18 /
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK
POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
The black dot means these products are also available in black color.
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5 5-12 mm 511P020P /

PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW

9-18 mm 511P025P /
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on 14-25 mm 511P032P /
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

7-13 mm 591P020M Ref. +EMC

8-16 mm 591P025M Ref. +EMC

Option
SLEEVE Reference
EMC
16-24 mm 591P032M Ref. +EMC
POLY SLEEVE
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
30° 511M3 /
M20 511P0M20 /

70° 511M7 / M25 511P0M25 /

METAL SLEEVE M32 511P0M32 /

0° (Straight) 591M0 Ref. +EMC METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

M20 591P0M20 Ref. +EMC

30° 591M3 /
M25 591P0M25 Ref. +EMC

45° 591M4 Ref. +EMC M32 591P0M32 Ref. +EMC

157
 PN
16ÌA 12C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET

E
A A E

E
E

B B

C C

A B C E
Straight handle 127 140 58 42
Angled handle 117 138 61 42

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A E1 A E1

D E2 D E2

B B

C C

A B B D E1 E2
Straight handle 178 176 68 90 36/56 78
Angled handle 153 176 68 90 36/56 78

158
 PN
16ÌA 12C

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A E1 A E1

D E2 D E2
B
B

C C

A B C D E1 E2
Straight handle 160 170 77 108 63 95
Angled handle 133 165 77 108 63 95

COUPLER

C A

A B C
Straight handle 208 132 58

159
 DSN12C

480 V
12 CONTACTS 16ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS DSN12C

IP66 1-2,5 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C
IP67 +60 °C
IP69

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

OTHER FEATURES
Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV

Contact resistance ‹ 2 mΩ

Permited current range 4-20 mA/16 A

∑ des courants (contacts) 110 A

Terminals wiring To weld/crimp

Salt mist 1000 hours connected

Butt contacts Silver-nickel tips

Contact protection Silvering

Load cycles › 5 000 cycles

Frequency 5-1000 Hz, 1g/(90 minutes on each critical frequency)

Vibrations
according to IEC 6068-2-6

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DSN12C DSN12C

For a black colour

housing replace the second 480 V AC 12 contacts 61A4001 61A8001
reference character with 5.
왘 Each product is supplied with 1 bag of 13 contacts, supplied with insulation sleeves and ferrules (voir p. 138 or
the accessories page for more details).

160
 DSN
16ÌA 12C

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX

(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M20 511B3M20
Ref. + 843

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON

30° M25 511B3M25
Ref. socket
+ 453 POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
(BLACK VERSION SEE ACCESSORIES DXN1 PAGE 235)
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
70° Without hole 511C7000

611A346

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 70° Hole Ø 20 511C7M20

611A426
Earth bar ref. :
70° Hole Ø 25 511C7M25
51AA089
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID
(MANUAL CLOSING)

70° Hole Ø 32 511C7M32

Socket-outlet
ref.+R
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
SELF-EJECTION

30° M20 511C3M20

See page 188

BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

01AA213

BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS

Input/
HANDLE Reference Self-ejection
01AA113 Cable outer Ø
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK

The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 9-18 mm 511P0D18 /
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5

PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW

5-21 mm 511P0D21 /
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
60° 9-18 mm 511P6D18 /

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

Ref. +443
5-12 mm 511P020P
(10-14 mm)

SLEEVE Reference
Ref. +443
9-18 mm 511P025P
(12-18 mm)
POLY SLEEVE

30° 511M3 14-25 mm 511P032P Ref. +443

POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

70° 511M7

M20 511P0M20 /
METAL SLEEVE

0° (Straight) 591M0 M25 511P0M25 /

30° 591M3 M32 511P0M32 /

161
 DSN
16ÌA 12C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

B
E

A B C E A B
147 134 58 42 231 89

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1
A E1

E2 D
D E2

B B

E1

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
196 180 68 90 36/56 78 200 244 138 126 117 105.5

162
 DSN
16ÌA 12C

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
177 175 77 108 63.5 95 131 244 126 126 95

163
 DN20C

415 V
20 CONTACTS 25ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS DN20C

IP54 1-6 mm² (1) METAL IK09 -40 °C

IP55 1,5-10 mm² (2) +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES
IP protection plug connected IP54

IP protection lid closed IP55

∑ of currents (contacts) 350 A

Terminals wiring screw-type

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DN20C (25 A) DN20C (25 A)

415 V AC 19P+E 1964191 1968191

164
 DN
25ÌA 20C

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 3 PADLOCKS Ø 8 mm METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M32 515C3M32
Ref. + 844
30° M40 515C3M40
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
30° M50 515C3M50
Ref. socket
+ 453
30° M63 515C3M63
INLET CAP
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
196A126
30° M32 595C3M32

180° OPENING LID

30° M40 595C3M40

Ref. socket + 10

30° M50 595C3M50
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING)
30° M63 595C3M63
Socket-outlet
ref.+R
0° (Straight) M32 595C0M32
180° OPENING + SELF-RETURNING LID
0° (Straight) M40 595C0M40
Ref. socket + 18
0° (Straight) M50 595C0M50
CLOSING MECHANISM
0° (Straight) M63 595C0M63
Draw lever only Draw plate only
196A376 196A396
70° M32 595C7M32
IP66/IP67 SOCKET-OUTLET AND INLET
70° M40 595C7M40
Ref. + 600

70° M50 595C7M50

Input/ 70° M63 595C7M63

HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø
ELASTOMER HANDLE WITH GLAND METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE + CORNET

18-25 mm 555P0D25
0° (Straight) M50 595E0M50
25-35 mm 555P0D35
30° M50 595E3M50
35-45 mm 555P0D45

45-49 mm 555P0D49 30° M63 595E3M63

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND
14-25 mm 515P032P 70° M50 595E7M50

18-32 mm 515P040P
70° M63 595E7M63
24-38 mm 515P050P
Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
35-48 mm 515P063P

METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)

16-24 mm 595P032M

22-32 mm 595P040M
SLEEVE Reference
34-44 mm 595P050M
POLY SLEEVE
35-48 mm 595P063M

POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) 30° 515M3

M50 515P0M50
METAL SLEEVE
M63 515P0M63

METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND) 0° (Straight) 595M0

M32 595P0M32
30° 595M3
M40 595P0M40

M50 595P0M50
70° 595M7
M63 595P0M63

165
 DN
25ÌA 20C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E
A
81

B
B

A B C E A B
308 246 118 81 486 246

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET OUTLET

A C
E

A E1
E D

D E2

B
B

A B C E1 E2 A B C D E
449 272 190 170 108 217 421 141 141 124

166
 DN
25ÌA 20C

PLUG ON 70° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A C
E1

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2
309 419 190 142 170 108

167
 DSN24C

480 V
24 CONTACTS 16ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS DSN24C

IP66 1-2,5 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C
IP67 +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

OTHER FEATURES
Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV

Contact resistance ‹ 2 mΩ

Permited current range 4-20 mA/16 A

∑ of currents (contacts) 230 A

Terminals wiring To weld/crimp

Salt mist 200 hours connected

Butt contacts Silver-nickel tips

Contact protection Silvering

Load cycles › 5 000 cycles

Frequency 5-1000 Hz, 1g/(90 minutes on each critical frequency)

Vibrations
according to IEC 6068-2-6

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DSN24C DSN24C

For a black colour

housing replace the second 480 V AC 24 contacts 61B4002 61B8002
reference character with 5.
왘 Each product is supplied with 2 bags of 13 contacts, supplied with insulation sleeves and ferrules (voir p. 138 or
the accessories page for more details).

168
 DSN
16ÌA 24C

OPTIONS Reference BOXES Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX

(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° M20 512B3M20

Ref. + 843 30° M25 512B3M25

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
20° M20 592B2M20

Ref. socket + 453 20° M25 592B2M25

IN-LINE CONNECTIONS POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE

(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING) (BLACK VERSION SEE ACCESSORIES DXN3 PAGE 245)

70° Without hole 512C7000

613A346
Ø 20 mm
70° 512C7M20
drill hole
INLET CAP IP66/IP67 Ø 25 mm
70° 512C7M25
drill hole
Earth bar ref. : Ø 32 mm
613A426 70° 512C7M32
51AA089 drill hole
Ø 40 mm
70° 512C7M40
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID (MANUAL CLOSING) drill hole
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
Socket-outlet ref.+R 30° M20 512C3M20

30° M25 512C3M25

BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS
30° M32 512C3M32

01AA213 30° M40 512C3M40

METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS 30° M20 592C3M20

30° M25 592C3M25

61CA113
30° M32 592C3M32

PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK 0° (Straight) M20 592C0M20

0° (Straight) M25 592C0M25

The black dot means these products are also available in black color.
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5 0° (Straight) M32 592C0M32

PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.

This sticker means that the product is also available with an

naantibacterial
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us. Input/
HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

5-21 mm 512P0D21

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

5-12 mm 512P020P

9-18 mm 512P025P

14-25 mm 512P032P

18-32 mm 512P040P
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
7-13 mm 592P020M
SLEEVE Reference
8-16 mm 592P025M
POLY SLEEVE 16-24 mm 592P032M

POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

30° 512M3
M20 512P0M20

M25 512P0M25
70° 512M7
M32 512P0M32
METAL SLEEVE M40 512P0M40
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
0° (Straight) 592M0
M20 592P0M20

M25 592P0M25
30° 592M3
M32 592P0M32

169
 DSN
16ÌA 24C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

B
E

A B C E A B
171 171 77 48 265 116

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E1 E1

D E2
E2 D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
213 191 84 84 70 70 207 262 138 126 117 105.5

170
 DSN
16ÌA 24C

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
195 191 77 108 63 95 138 262 126 126 95

171
 DSN37C

480 V
37 CONTACTS 16ÌA

MULTICONTACTS
CONNECTORS DSN37C

IP66 1-2,5 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C
IP67 +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

OTHER FEATURES
Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV

Contact resistance ‹ 2 mΩ
For metal versions,
contact us. Permited current range 4-20 mA/16 A

∑ of currents (contacts) 360 A

Terminals wiring To weld/crimp

Salt mist 200 hours connected

Butt contacts Silver-nickel tips

Contact protection Silvering

Load cycles › 5 000 cycles

Frequency 5-1000 Hz, 1g/(90 minutes on each critical frequency)

Vibrations
according to IEC 6068-2-6

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DSN37C DSN37C

For a black colour

housing replace the second 480 V AC 37 contacts 61C4003 61C8003
reference character with 5.
왘 Each product is supplied with 3 bags of 13 contacts, supplied with insulation sleeves and ferrules (voir p. 138 or
the accessories page for more details).

172
 DSN
16ÌA 37C

OPTIONS Reference BOÎTIERS Input Reference

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm POLY BOX
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)

30° M25 513B3M25

Ref. + 843

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE)

20° M20 593B2M20
Ref. socket
+ 453 20° M25 593B2M25
20° M32 593B2M32
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES) POLY BOX + POLY SLEEVE
(BLACK VERSION SEE ACCESSORIES DXN6 PAGE 251)
616A346
70° Without hole 513C7000

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 Ø 25 mm

70° 513C7M25
drill hole
616A426 Ø 32 mm
Earth bar ref. : 70° 513C7M32
drill hole
51AA089
IP40 SELF RETURNING LID Ø 40 mm
70° 513C7M40
(MANUAL CLOSING) drill hole
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + POLY SLEEVE
Socket-outlet
30° M20 513C3M20
ref.+R
30° M25 513C3M25
REVERSED INTERIOR AND CONTACTS
30° M32 513C3M32
Ref. conn. + 001 30° M40 513C3M40
Ref. socket
METAL BOX (+ EARTHING WIRE) + METAL SLEEVE
+ 001
30° M20 593C3M20
BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS 30° M25 593C3M25
30° M32 593C3M32
01AA213
30° M40 593C3M40

BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS 0° (Straight) M20 593C0M20

0° (Straight) M25 593C0M25
61CA113 0° (Straight) M32 593C0M32
0° (Straight) M40 593C0M40
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN BLACK
70° M20 593C7M20
The black dot means these products are also available in black color. 70° M25 593C7M25
Replace the second character of the product reference with 5
70° M32 593C7M32
PRODUCT WITH ANTI-BACTERIAL TREATMENT NEW 70° M40 593C7M40
This sticker means that the product is also available with an
naantibacterial Cable glands are not delivered with the boxes.
treatment. Add the suffix AG to the reference. For more information on
anti-bacterial treated handles please consult us.
Input/
HANDLE Reference
Cable outer Ø
POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

10-30 mm 513P0D30

POLY HANDLE + POLY CABLE GLAND

9-18 mm 513P025P
14-25 mm 513P032P
18-32 mm 513P040P
METAL HANDLE WITH METAL GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE)
SLEEVE Reference
7-13 mm 593P020M
POLY SLEEVE 8-16 mm 593P025M
16-24 mm 593P032M
30° 513M3
22-32 mm 593P040M
POLY HANDLE (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)
70° 513M7
M20 513P0M20
M25 513P0M25
METAL SLEEVE
M32 513P0M32
M40 513P0M40
0° (Straight) 593M0
METAL HANDLE METRIC THREAD ENTRY (WITHOUT CABLE GLAND)

30° 593M3 M20 593P0M20

M25 593P0M25

70° 593M7 M32 593P0M32

M40 593P0M40

173
 DSN
16ÌA 37C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E A

B
E

A B C E A B
184 195 84 55 286 122

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
A E1 E1

D E2
E2 D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
238 225 89 100 77 88 239 317 178 166 157 146

174
 DSN
16ÌA 37C

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
212 219 77 108 63 95 170 317 166 166 135

175

175
 APPLICATIONS MOBILES

MOBILE
APPLICATIONS

20ÌA/32ÌA 20 A/32 A 20 A 150 A

RETTBOX® ONE RETTBOX® S SELF-EJECTION

WITH OR WITHOUT AIR WITH OR WITHOUT AIR DECONTACTOR™

U MAX MAX NB OF NB AUX./PIL.

MODEL CURRENT
AC CONTACTS MAX

RETTBOX® ONE 20 A/32 A 440 V 4+E 3 AUX.

RETTBOX® S 20 A/32 A 440 V 4+E 2 AUX.

SELF-EJECTION
Depending on reference
DECONTACTOR™

PN ANTI ENGINE START UP 30 A 250 V 2+E 2 AUX.

DISTRIBUTION BOXES 20 A 90 A 400 V 4+E 4 AUX.

176
DOWNLOAD ALL TECHNICAL SHEETS ON OUR
WEBSITE MARECHAL.COM

SAFE POWER SUPPLY

FOR AUXILIARY CHARGING DEVICES

30ÌA 20 A 90 A

PN DISTRIBUTION
ANTI ENGINE START UP PLUG BOXES

APPLICATIONS
MOBILE

COMPRESSED AIR
DECONTACTOR™ MATIÈRE IP PAGE
SUPPLY OPTION

POLY
Yes IP55 AIR Version 180
METAL

Yes POLY IP54 AIR Version 186

Yes Depending on reference No 188

POLY
/ IP55 No 192
METAL
POLY
Yes IP66 No 194
METAL

177
 20ÌA/32ÌA

RETTBOX® ONE SERIES

ELECTROMAGNETIC SELF-EJECTION

RETTBOX® ONE

Self-closing
sliding cover

Male inlet 2 to 6 contacts

The air duct of the AIR version
in included in the connector
Mobile plug with IP55
self-returning lid

RETTBOX® ONE 20 A: casing in GRP Electric solenoid 12/24 V

RETTBOX® ONE 32 A: stainless steel AISI316L providing automatic ejection when the engine is started

INFOS +
ENSURE SPEED AND SAFETY

Œ Loading box connected to the electrical system

of the vehicle.
 Automatic ejection of the coupler socket
upon start-up of the vehicle by way of an
electric solenoid.
Ž Protection against water and dust by means Switched off Starting Œ  Ž
of a self-closing cover. = charge = ejection = protection

178
RETTBOX® ONE complies with the following
standards:
• European Low Voltage Directive and RoHS,
European REACH Regulation.
• IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60670.

CONNECTION DIAGRAM BY TYPE

Power supply with 230 V AC or 400 V AC on-board battery charger.

RETTBOX® ONE Mobile plug and

RETTBOX® ONE cable
bl

Starter key Auxiliary

battery

12/24 V DC
on-board
vehicle
charger

FIND ALL THE INFORMATION ABOUT THE

RETTBOX® ONE ON OUR YOUTUBE CHANNEL

179
 RETTBOX

20ÌA/32ÌA 440 V

RETTBOX® ONE
ELECTROMAGNETIC SELF-EJECTION
ON

IP55 1,5 - 6 mm² (1)

GRP IK08 - 40 °C 3 AUX
STAINLESS IK10 + 60 °C
STEEL
(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.)

COUPLER SOCKET
ENCLOSURE WITH INLET pre-wired, cable 4 m
RETTBOX® ONE (20 A) supplied with 4 m cable (2) included (2)

220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E With 12 V relay and male inlet 6116015RK412U 6113015RK4L
220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E With 24 V relay and male inlet 6116015RK424U 6113015RK4L
220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E+2 aux. With 12 V relay and male inlet 6116175RK412U 6113175RK4L
220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E+2 aux. With 24 V relay and male inlet 6116175RK424U 6113175RK4L
24 V DC 2P DC* With 24 V relay and male inlet 6116089RK424U 6113089RK4L
12 V DC 2P DC* With 12 V relay and male inlet 6116059RK412U 6113059RK4L

*LED not available for these configurations.

(2) All versions are available in 4, 8 and 12 m, contact us for the references.

COUPLER SOCKET
ENCLOSURE WITH INLET pre-wired, cable 4 m
RETTBOX® ONE (32 A) supplied with 4 m cable (2) included (2)

200 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E+3 aux. With 24 V relay and male inlet 3816187RK424U 3813187RK4L
380 - 440 V AC 3P+N+E+1 aux. With 24 V relay and male inlet 3816247RK424U 3813247RK4L

(2) All versions are available in 4, 8 and 12 m, contact us for the references.

180
 20ÌA RETTBOX®
32ÌA ONE

OTHER FEATURES
RETTBOX® ONE (20 A) RETTBOX® ONE (32 A)
Front stainless steel stainless steel

Box GRP stainless steel

Front dimensions (W x H) in mm 114 X 184 132 X 188

Cut-out dimensions on vehicle's frame (W x H x D) in mm 83 X 163 x 94 103 X 173 x 145

Auxiliary contacts in option 2 Aux 3 Aux

Weight (excluding coupler socket) 1 200 g 3 200 g

Built-in DECONTACTOR™ 20 A 32 A

DOWNLOAD THE RETTBOX® ONE USER MANUAL

FROM OUR WEBSITE MARECHAL.COM

INFOS + OPTIONS Reference

LEATHER PULL-GRIP (COUPLER SOCKET)

LED CONTROL LIGHT
RETTBOX® ONE (20 A, 230 V) feature a LED signal light that indicates 611AZIE
the presence of charging voltage.
CEILING BRACKET MADE OF STAINLESS STEEL

RETTBOX® ONE 20 A 611AHUTRRR L

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

A B C D E F G H J
RETTBOX® ONE 20 A 184 114 184 89 114 163 94 152 83
RETTBOX® ONE 32 A 188 132 197 140 151 173 116 169 103

181
 RETTBOX AIR

20ÌA/32ÌA 440 V

RETTBOX® ONE AIR

ELECTROMAGNETIC SELF-EJECTION
ON

IP55 1,5 - 6 mm² (1)

GRP IK08 - 40 °C 3 AUX
STAINLESS IK10 + 60 °C
STEEL
(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.)

ENCLOSURE WITH INLET COUPLER SOCKET

supplied with 4 m cable - pre-wired, cable 4 m
RETTBOX® ONE AIR (20 A) compressed air conduct up to 13 bars(2) included (2)

220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E With 12 V relay and male inlet 6116015AK412U 6113015AK4L
220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E With 24 V relay and male inlet 6116015AK424U 6113015AK4L
220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E+1 aux. With 12 V relay and male inlet 6116215AK412U 6113215AK4L
220 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E+1 aux. With 24 V relay and male inlet 6116215AK424U 6113215AK4L
24 V DC 2P DC* With 24 V relay and male inlet 6116089AK424U 6113089AK4L
12 V DC 2P DC* With 12 V relay and male inlet 6116059AK412U 6113059AK4L
Cable only (per metre): 611AKOM
*LED not available for these configurations.
(2) All versions are available in 4, 8 and 12 m, contact us for the references.

ENCLOSURE WITH INLET COUPLER SOCKET

supplied with 4 m cable - pre-wired, cable 4 m
RETTBOX® ONE AIR (32 A) compressed air conduct up to 13 bars(2) included (2)

200 - 250 V AC 1P+N+E+3 aux. With 24 V relay and male inlet 3816187AK424U 3813187AK4L
380 - 440 V AC 3P+N+E+1 aux. With 24 V relay and male inlet 3816247AK424U 3813247AK4L
Cable only (per metre): 381AKOM
(2) All versions are available in 4, 8 and 12 m, contact us for the references.

182
 20ÌA RETTBOX®
32ÌA ONE

OTHER FEATURES
RETTBOX® ONE AIR (20 A) RETTBOX® ONE AIR (32 A)
Front stainless steel stainless steel

Box GRP stainless steel

Front dimensions (W x H) in mm 114 X 184 132 X 188

Cut-out dimensions on vehicle's frame (W x H x D) in mm 83 X 163 x 94 103 X 173 x 145

Auxiliary contacts in option 1 Aux 3 Aux

Weight (excluding coupler socket) 1 200 G 3 200 G

Built-in DECONTACTOR™ 20 A 32 A

Compressed air duct up to 13 bars up to 13 bars

DOWNLOAD THE RETTBOX® USER MANUAL

FROM OUR WEBSITE
MARECHAL.COM

INFOS + OPTIONS Reference

LEATHER PULL-GRIP (COUPLER SOCKET)

LED CONTROL LIGHT
RETTBOX® ONE AIR (20 A, 230 V) feature a LED signal light that 611AZIE
indicates the voltage presence.
CEILING BRACKET MADE OF STAINLESS STEEL

RETTBOX® ONE AIR 20 A 611AHUTAAA L

RETTBOX® ONE AIR 32 A 381AHUTAAA L

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

A B C D E F G H J
RETTBOX® ONE AIR 184 114 184 89 114 163 94 152 83
20 A
RETTBOX® ONE AIR 188 132 197 140 151 173 116 169 103
32 A

183
20ÌA/32ÌA

RETTBOX® S SERIES
ELECTROMAGNETIC SELF-EJECTION
WITH OR WITHOUT AIR

RETTBOX® S

Voltage presence and battery

Swivel-lid. charging light indicators.

Reinforced thermoplastics
Base plate with 7 contacts. mobile socket-outlet.
The air duct of the AIR version in
included in the connector.

Reinforced thermoplastics box

12V/24V solenoid coil used to eject the Manual ejection

socket-outlet upon starting of the vehicle. push button.

VOLTAGE PRESENCE AND AUXILIARY BATTERY CHARGING LIGHT INDICATORS

Figure 1: with an external battery charger.
12 V DC or 24 V DC power supply.

External charger Auxiliary battery

RETTBOX® S
Yellow LED voltage
presence indicator.

184
RETTBOX® S is a professionnal use compact and RETTBOX® S complies with the following standards:
load-breaking self-ejectingsocket-outlet.
• European Low Voltage Directive and RoHS,
The best in class industrial socket-outlet providing European REACH Regulation.
power to all equipment on-board a vehicle.
• IEC/EN 61984, IEC/EN 60947-3.

Figure 2: with an on-board vehicle charger.

up to 480 V AC power supply.

RETTBOX® S 12/24 V DC on- Auxiliary battery

Green LED board vehicle
voltage presence charger
indicator..

OPTIONAL

Order a 12 V DC/24 V DC yellow LED battery charging indicator. Reference : 151ALED-24J

RETTBOX® S

230 V AC/12-24 V DC Auxiliary

on-board vehicle charger battery

185
 RETTBOX S

20ÌA/32ÌA NEW
480 V

RETTBOX® S
WITH OR WITHOUT AIR
ELECTROMAGNETIC SELF-EJECTION

IP54 1,5 - 6 mm² (1)

GRP IK08 - 40 °C
+ 60 °C
(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.)

Cable is not included

RETTBOX® S (20 A) BOX* COUPLER SOCKET

RETTBOX® S AIR (20 A)* straight (2)* angled 60° (3)

220 - 250 V AC 6P+E With solenoid coil 12/24 V DC and male connector 1516016 1513016 15C3016

24 V DC 6P+E With solenoid coil 12/24 V DC and male connector 1516046 1513046 15C3046

12 V DC 6P+E With solenoid coil 12/24 V DC and male connector 1516026 1513026 15C3026

(2) Input/Cable outer Ø 5-21 mm - (3) Input/Cable outer Ø 9-18 mm, no Air version available.
* For AIR version, change the 0 of the product reference by A.

RETTBOX® S (32 A) BOX* COUPLER SOCKET

RETTBOX® S AIR (32 A)* straight (2)* angled 60° (3)

380 - 480 V AC 6P+E With solenoid coil 12/24 V DC and male connector 1536036 1533036 15C3036

(2) Input/Cable outer Ø 5-21 mm - (3) Input/Cable outer Ø 9-18 mm, no Air version available.
* For AIR version, change the 0 of the product reference by A.

186
 20ÌA RETTBOX
32ÌA S

OTHER FEATURES
RETTBOX® S RETTBOX® S RETTBOX® S AIR RETTBOX® S AIR
(20 A) (32 A) (20 A) (32 A)
Box material GRP GRP GRP GRP

Front dimensions (W x H) in mm 120 x 120 120 x 120 120 x 120 120 x 120

IP Box IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54

IP : mobile socket-outlet without plug cap IP2X IP2X IP2X IP2X

IP : mobile socket-outlet with plug cap IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44

Cut-out dimensions on vehicle's frame

86 x 82 x 83 86 x 82 x 83 86 x 82 x 83 86 x 82 x 83
(W x H x D) in mm

Weight (excluding coupler socket) 400 g 400 g 407 g 407 g

AIR Version / / up to 13 bars up to 13 bars

OPTIONS

Order a 12/24 V yellow LED battery charging indicator.

Reference : 151ALED-24J.

Contact us for wall installation

with a box 120x120x91.

381AKOM : 32 A cable, 1 air duct

+ 5G6mm² (4P+T) + 2 x 2.5mm² for auxiliaries
Cable available per meter
611AKOM: 20 A cable, 1 compressed air duct
+ 4G2.5mm² (3P+T) + 2 x 1.5mm² for auxiliaries

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

F C

A E H

E
A B D

A B C D E F G H
120 75 66 16 96 156 77 109

187
20ÌA 150ÌA

DSN/DS/DXN RANGES
MECHANICAL SELF-EJECTING

FIXED ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY

Step 1: self-ejection system at rest.

TRACTION

Step 2: the traction acts on the electrical cable and the rope. The ejection lever gradually raises the latch.

TRACTION

EJECTION

Step 3: the latch is fully raised by the ejection lever, causing the automatic ejection of the plug.

188
OPERATION
Self-ejection systems avoid damage to the electrical installation when
the mobile equipment is moved without removing the supply connection.
They are designed to automatically release the mobile socket outlet
SEQUENCE or inlet thanks to a cord attached to the locking latch and the power
supply cable.

MOBILE POWER SUPPLY SOURCE

Step 1: Self-ejection system at rest.

TRACTION

Step 2: The traction acts on the electrical cable and the rope. The latch rises gradually.

TRACTION

EJECTION

Step 3: The latch is fully raised, causing the automatic ejection of the socket.

189
 OPTIONS D'ÉJECTION

MECHANICAL SELF-EJECTING
DSN/DS1/DS3/DS6/DXN

FIXED ELECTRIC
POWER SUPPLY

EJECTING PLUG
(INLET + HANDLE)

EJECTION RELEASE LEVER EJECTION RELEASE LEVER

INDUSTRIAL RANGE ATEX RANGE
DS1/DS3/DS6*
DSN* (contact us for metal version DXN*
of DS9 and DS2)

ΠSocket-outlet Ref. +352 Ref. +352 Ref. +352

 Inlet Standard Standard Standard

See references
Ž Poly handles + eyelet Ref. +443 Ref. +443
in DXN accessories page.

 Tension cord 311A336 311A336 251A336

611A338 (DSN1) 311A338 (DS1) 251A338 (DXN1)

 Mechanism 613A338 (DSN3) 313A338 (DS3) 253A338 (DXN3)
616A338 (DSN6) 316A338 (DS6) 256A338 (DXN6)

* See the relevant product pages for the references of the plugs, socket-outlets and handles.

190
 OPTIONS D'ÉJECTION

MOBILE POWER
SUPPLY SOURCE

EJECTING COUPLER SOCKET

(HANDLE + SOCKET- OUTLET)

INDUSTRIAL RANGE ATEX RANGE

DS1/DS3/DS6*
DSN* (contact us for metal version DXN*
of DS9 and DS2)

ΠInlet Standard Standard Standard

socket outlet with ejection

 release lever
Ref. +354 Ref. +354 Ref. +354

See references
Ž Poly handles + eyelet Ref. +443 Ref. +443
in DXN accessories page.

 Tension cord 311A336 311A336 251A336

To fix the connector directly without a sleeve, please use a socket-outlet with a 180° opening option.
* See the relevant product pages for the references of the plugs, socket-outlets and handles.

191
 PN ANTI

30ÌA 230 V

ANTI ENGINE START UP

PLUG PN

IP55 1-6 mm² (1) GRP IK09 -40 °C

1,5-10 mm² (2) METAL IK09 +60 °C

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). OTHER FEATURES

Reversed interior and contacts.

This PN features a special wiring configuration that prevents the vehicle from starting-up, if the plug is still
GRP devices are not
connected. Safe operation is ensured and unintentional pull-out of the power supply system is avoided.
compatible with metal
devices.

Standard self
closing/self
returning lid

SOCKET-OUTLET
on cable side
VEHICLE INLET (cap is included)
PN PN
With latch Without latch

GRP 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E +2aux. 0124017825A 0124017001A 0128017001A

METAL 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E +2aux. 0924017825A 0924017001A 0928017001A

192
 PN
30ÌA ANTI-
DÉMARRAGE

HANDLE Cable outer Ø Reference HANDLE Cable outer Ø Reference

POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND

60°
9-18 mm 511P0D18 inclined 9-18 mm 511P6D18

DRAWINGS A B C E

AND DIMENSIONS Straight handle

Angled handle
127
117
140
138
58
61
42
42

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET
E
A A E

E
E

B B

C C

INFOS +

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE VEHICLE-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET (230 V AC)

(for information only)
Vehicle-mounted inlet Mobile coupler socket
230 V ¾ single-phase 230 V ¾ single-phase
1 1
Standard Immobiliser
starter wiring wiring 2 T N N T 2

Battery Red light 3 3

indicator
Contacts 2 and 3
NC NO must be shunted
Relay to ensure the anti start
functions.
Contact
Starter
control

Disabling of starter -
starter control connection

193
 COFFRETS ÉQUIPÉS

20 A 90ÌA 400 V

DISTRIBUTION
BOXES
POWER SUPPLY FOR
AUXILIARY BATTERIES,
AIR-CONDITIONNING UNITS,
TRAILERS, TANKERS...

SAFE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

our boxes ensure the safety of operators and the protection
of mobile electrical installations.

IP66 GRP IK09 -40 °C

IP69 (1) +60 °C

(1) IP44 with domestic socket-outlets

OTHER FEATURES CD BOXES
Fastenings Captive stainless steel screws

Wiring capacity 2 x 1,5 mm2 to 5 x 35 mm2

Cable entries M50 max..

Housing dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 345 x 225 x 156

Assembly 10 modules max..

LIQUID GAS TRANSFER BOX TECHNICAL FEATURES

Protection 30 mA

other Earthing connection of the lorry is ensured.

configurations, Fixation 300 x 300 mm
circuit protection
Height 470 mm
or dimensions are
available on request. Depth 250 mm
Please contact us. Cable glands M40 IP68 (Ø 20 to 32 mm)

194
 20ÌA
90ÌA BOXES

EXAMPLES OF APPLICATIONS : PRE-WIRED BOX WITH DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION FOR REMOTE

POWER SUPPLY.
Contact us for the references.

CD box and RETTBOX®S for the power supply of a rescue vehicle.

CD box and self-ejection plug for the power supply of a refrigerated vehicle.

Liquid gas transfer box for power supply of a tanker.

Specific documentation is available for

these applications.

195
DISTRIBUTION
AND JUNCTION BOXES

DISTRIBUTION AND JUNCTION

CD B2 SB
DISTRIBUTION BOX JUNCTION BOXES JUNCTION BOXES

P. 198 P. 200 P. 202

From 16 A up to 90 A IP66/IP67 Ideal solution for corrosive

water -and dust -tight environment.
Differential protection
30 mA 2 Dimensions AISI 316L stainless steel.
(120x120x91 mm
IP66/IP69 Max. dimensions
and 160x160x91 mm)
water -and dust -tight 950x750x200mm
Up to two drilled hole per
Composed of two parts Hinged lid.
side (M40 max.)
fixed on hinges
Internal mounting plate
Option with hinged lid.
Prewired with easy access included.
to the connection terminals
Optionnal drilled holes
up to M80.

196
 SELECTION GUIDE

CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS

BOXES EXTENSIONS CABLE REELS

P. 204

In direct connection with

its production of industrial
electrical socket-outlets,
MARECHAL ELECTRIC has
the internal skills to offer
you complete customized

BOXES
solutions. From cable
assemblies to power
distribution boxes.

SOLUTIONS FOR TUNNEL APPLICATIONS

PLEASE REFER TO PAGE 206

197
16 A 90ÌA 440 V

DISTRIBUTION
BOXES CD

IP66 GRP IK09 -40 °C

IP69 (1) +60 °C

(1) IP44 with domestic socket-outlets

OTHER FEATURES
Fastenings Captive stainless steel screws

Wiring capacity 2 x 1,5 mm2 to 5 x 35 mm2

Pre-wired boxes.
Cable entries M50 max.
For empty version,
contact us. Housing dimensions (HxWxD) in mm 342 x 225 x 156

Assembly 10 modules max.

Protection
• Main switch with RCD 30 mA
1x40 A 3P+N
• Circuit breaker PC1 :
1x16 A 1P+N
DECONTACTOR™ DSN1 • Circuit breaker PC2 :
16 A - 1P+N+E 1x32 A 3P+N
220-250 V

Terminal
3P+N+E 16 mm2

DECONTACTOR™ DSN3
32 A - 3P+N+E Cable gland
220-250 V/380-440 V M32 Poly (14-25 mm)

198
 16ÌA
90ÌA CD

INSIDE BOX COMPOSITION

Main switch Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Cable gland
Box Terminal
with RCD 30 mA Socket 1 Socket 2 mm
CD1 1x16 A 1P+N 30 mA 1P+N+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD2 1x25 A 1P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1P+N+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD3 1x16 A 3P+N 30 mA 3P+N+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD4 1x16 A 3P 30 mA 3P+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD5 1x25 A 3P+N 1x16 A 3P+N 1x16 A 3P+N 3P+N+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD6* + 2 fuses 6 A Gg 1P+N+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD7 1x25 A 1P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1P+N+E 16 mm² M25 POLY (9-18)
CD8 1x32 A 1P+N 30 mA 1P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
CD9 1x40 A 1P+N 1x32 A 1P+N 1x32 A 1P+N 3P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
CD10 1x32 A 3P+N 30 mA 3P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
CD11 1X40 A 3P+N 1x32 A 3P+N 1x32 A 3P+N 3P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
CD12 1x40 A 3P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1x32 A 3P+N 3P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
CD13 1x40 A 3P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1x32 A 3P+N 3P+N+E 35 mm² M40 POLY (18-32)
CD14 1x40 A 3P+N 1x16 A 1P+N 1x32 A 3P+N 3P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
CD15 1x63 A 3P+N 30 mA 3P+N+E 16 mm² M40 POLY (18-32)
CD16* 1x25 A 3P+N + 2 fuses 6 A Gg 1x16 A 3P+N 3P+N+E 16 mm² M32 POLY (14-25)
* CD6 and CD16 boxes are equipped with a 160 VA 230 V/24 V transformer. Maximum operating temperature: 40 ° C

Type French 16 A 16 A 32 A 63 A MARECHAL®

standard socket socket socket socket DECONTACTOR™
socket 220-250 V 220-250 V 220-250 V associated*
16 A - 230 V 24 V 220-250 V 380-440 V 220-250 V
380-440 V 380-440 V 380-440 V
Box 2P+E 2P 1P+N+E 3P+E 3P+N+E 1P+N+E 3P+N+E 3P+N+E DSN range DS range
CD1 1 6114015CD1 3114015CD1

CD2 2 6114015CD2 3114015CD2

CD3 1 6114017CD3 3114017CD3

CD4 1 6114013CD4 3114013CD4

CD5 2 6114017CD5 3114017CD5

CD6 1 611408ACD6 311408ACD6

CD7 1 1 6114015CD7 3114015CD7

CD8 1 6134015CD8 3134015CD8

CD9 2 6134015CD9 3134015CD9

CD10 1 6134017CD10 3134017CD10

CD11 2 6134017CD11 3134017CD11

CD12 1 1 6134017CD12 3134017CD12

CD13 1 1 6134017CD13 3134017CD13

CD14 1 1 6134017CD14 3134017CD14

CD15 1 6164017CD15

CD16 1
1 6114017CD16 3114017CD16
(PN range)
* CD6 and CD16 boxes are equipped with a 160 VA 230V/24V transformer. Maximum operating temperature: 40 °C.

INFOS +
Other configurations on request.
The CD box can be mounted Please contact us where applications require more than
on a support. 2 outlets.
Support frame ref.: 9CHAS-CD

199
 COFFRET DE
JONCTION B2

JUNCTION
BOXES B2

IP66 2 x 1,5 mm² GRP IK08 -40 °C

IP67 5 x 35 mm² +60 °C

OTHER FEATURES
Fastenings Captive stainless steel screws

Two dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120x120x91, up to two drilled holes per side (M32 max.)

160x160x91, up to two drilled holes per side (M32 max.)

Glow-wire flammability index according to
850 °C
IEC/ EN 60695-2-12
Box are supplied with a Isolation voltage 1 000 V AC
DIN rail and without drilled
holes as a standard.
TYPE Reference
Please contact us for your Empty box 120x120x91* 509ACP1
specific configurations. Empty box 160x160x91* 509ACP2

*hinges are not included, earthing bar on request.

200
 B2

EXAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
E1

E2 D

B C D E1 E2
120x120 91 141 126 117 106
160x160 91 178 166 157 146

201
 COFFRET DE
JONCTION SB

JUNCTION
BOX SB

IP66 STAINLESS STEEL IK10 -50 °C

IP67 316L +95 °C

The SB is an IP66/IP67 junction box used for the most severe applications as in the food and beverage industry.
All boxes sizes except the 150x150x100 version are equipped with:
- an internal mounting plate
- an earthing terminal
- a cable entry plate placed in the lower part of the box.

OTHER FEATURES
Material Stainless steel 316L - 1.5mm thickness

Fastenings Stainless steel

Drilling (for cable glands) Up to M80

Hinged lid with silicon sealing

202
 SB

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

D
A

B E

REFERENCE DIMENSIONS [mm]

A B C D E
B016Y12064815* 150 150 100 180 -
B016Y12064816 200 200 160 230 160
B016Y12064817 280 280 160 310 240
B016Y12064818 350 350 160 380 310
B016Y12064819     380 380 200 410 340
B016Y12064820     500 500 200 530 460
* Only fitted with a rail DIN.

203
 SOLUTIONS SUR
MESURE

CUSTOMISED
SOLUTIONS
BOXES, EXTENSIONS
AND CABLE REEL

In direct connection with its production of industrial electrical

socket-outlets, MARECHAL ELECTRIC has the internal skills to offer
you complete customized solutions. From cable assemblies to power
distribution boxes.
Contact us.

204
 CUSTOMISED

BOXES

EXAMPLE OF SOLUTIONS

Portable rubber box Automatic cable reel

Equipped cable reel Boxes of all sizes and materials, GRP, sheet metal or stainless steel.

Cable assembly Portable service box

205
SOLUTIONS FOR TUNNELS
BOXES AND CONNECTORS

JUNCTION BOXES

MODEL APPLICATION CONDUCTOR SECTION

STANDARD
EXPRESS® XL From 2.5 mm² to 35 mm²
LIGHTING

STANDARD
EXPRESS® From 2.5 mm² to 35 mm²
LIGHTING

EMERGENCY
B2 FIRE- RESISTANT From 1.5 mm² to 16 mm²
LIGHTING

EMERGENCY
EXPRESS® XL FIRE- RESISTANT From 4 mm² to 35 mm²
LIGHTING

EMERGENCY
EXPRESS® FIRE- RESISTANT From 4 mm² to 35 mm²
LIGHTING

EMERGENCY
EQINOX FIRE- RESISTANT SIGNALLING, From 25 mm² to 120 mm²
SIGNPOSTING

BOXES AND CONNECTORS

MODEL APPLICATION

FIRE DEPARTMENT BOX SAFETY REFUGE

SAFETY BOXES SAFETY REFUGE

FANS AND SMOKE

DS F400
VENTILATORS

206
 SELECTION GUIDE

CABLE STANDARDS PAGE

Through boxes with or without cable termination

/ p. 210
Multi conductors (Ø 13 to 29 mm)

Through boxes with or without cable termination

/ p. 212
Single or multi conductors (Ø 9 to 28 mm)

Through boxes with cable termination NF C 32-070

p. 214
Single or multi conductors (Ø 1.5 to 16 mm) (DIN 4102-12 to come)

Through boxes with or without cable termination NF C 32-070

p. 216
Multi-conductors (Ø 13 to 29 mm) DIN 4102-12/E30

Through boxes with or without cable termination NF C 32-070

p. 218
Single or multi conductors (Ø 9 to 28 mm) EN 50362

Through boxes with cable termination NF C 32-070

p. 220
Single or multi conductors DIN 4102-12/E60

FUNCTION STANDARDS PAGE

Connection of electrical equipment for rescue teams inside

/ p. 222
tunnels.

Communication between different rescue teams inside tunnels. NF C 32-070 p. 224

IEC/EN 60947-3
Local isolation for fans and smoke ventilators (400 °C/2h) p. 226
EN 12101-3

207
SOLUTIONS FOR TUNNELS

MARECHAL ELECTRIC proposes a wide range of products dedicated to the electric connections
for tunnels. Based on technology specially designed for such difficult environments and the quick
disconnections of lights, MARECHAL ELECTRIC has already equipped more than 2 000 km of
underground roads, railroads and inland waterways…
our objectives remain the same: to provide user safety, optimise maintenance and make the work
of the emergency services easier.

PRODUCTS SUITED FOR SPECIAL TUNNEL CORROSION AND IMPACT RESISTANCE

ENVIRONMENTS HALOGEN AND SMOKE FREE
Very often in a tunnel, there is dust, stone projections, smoke, gas, moisture, For optimum safety, the materials used for making Marechal® boxes and
water streaming and, of course, pollution. connectors are resistant to corrosion and impact (resistance IK09).
Electric connections in tunnels are subjected to extremely corrosive conditions. In case of fire, these materials emit a limited amount of non dangerous smoke.
Designed to withstand such conditions, MARECHAL® boxes equipped with
connectors or decontactors provide safe solutions for tunnel maintenance. QUALITY CONNECTION AND EASY
DISCONNECTION:
WATERTIGHTNESS USE OF BUTT-CONTACTS
All boxes are watertight and withstand the use of high-pressure washing during Easy disconnection = easy maintenance: thanks to the MARECHAL® silver-
tunnel maintenance. nickel butt-contact technology, the contacts never weld.
Therefore, the connection quality remains absolutely stable, and the
disconnection can be done any time, even after several years.

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM OF OUR JUNCTION BOXES.

Junction terminal

Secondary output
Main power supply
(fire resistant)

Thermal fuse

Overload protection

208
 STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATIONS
The use of Marechal solutions for tunnels facilitates the compliance of your Ì the requirements of the CETU guide defining the behaviour of fire in
infrastructure to: road tunnels,
• European Directive 2004/54/EC relating to tunnels in the road networks Ì according to the text relating to the Transport Code in terms of safety
across Europe in terms of safety measures, equipment.
• for the transposition of the European Directive,
• in France: MARECHAL® solutions for tunnels are compliant with the following fire
Ì to the application of text in the Highway Code relating to the safety of resistance standards:
people in tunnels, as well as to inter-ministerial circulars No 2006-20 and • EN 50362 (Europe) tested by the IMQ Italy laboratory,
2000-63 (Annexe 2) on safety in tunnels and road networks. • NF C 32-070 (France) tested by the laboratory C.S.T.B France,
• DIN 4102-12 (Germany) tested by the laboratory MPA Dresden GmbH,
• EN 12101-03 (Europe) tested by the laboratory EFECTIS France.

Temperature (°C)
1200
1100
1000 Temperature (°C)
900 900
800 800
700 700 Burner temperature:
Maintaining the temperature
850 ° C for 120 minutes
600 of the oven at 920 ° C 600
for at least 15 minutes
500 500
400 400
300 300
200 200
100 100
0 Time Time
0
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 (minutes) 0 1 2 (hours)

Oven temperature curve - Standardized time Flame temperature curve - Time

NF C 32-070 standard NF EN 50362 standard

Temperature (°C)
E30 E60 E90
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 Time
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 (minutes)

Over temperature curve - Time

DIN 4102 standard

209
 COFFRET EX-
PRESS® XL

STANDARD LIGHTING

BOX
EXPRESS® XL

IP66 GRP IK09

OTHER FEATURES

Service terminals 2 to 5 insulation-piercing.

Service protection By circuit breaker fitted to DIN rail.

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted from 2,5 mm² to 35 mm², with an external diameter 13 to
29mm. Configuration with cable cut is also possible.

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure.

Fire smoke class M1F0

Self extinguishing material UL94 V-0

• Secondary line wiring with MARECHAL® socket-outlet.

Modularity box
• Accessories for fixing box to cable tray or ladder
Options
(option).
Other equipment
• “Power On” signal light (option).

210
 EXPRESS
XL

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

JUNCTION BOX WITH OR WITHOUT THE NEED TO CUT THE CABLE

Made from halogen-free glass fibre reinforced polyester compound, these boxes allow a service tap-off from the main
through cable with or without the need to strip or cut the main cable. Gaskets allow the immediate positioning of cables
with a maximum diameter of 29 mm whilst creating an IP66 seal. The box lid mounted on a stainless steel axis is fixed to
the box by means of captive stainless steel screws.

BOX EXPRESS® XL

Type H x W x D in mm Distribution

- Maximum 2 tap-offs using 2 sockets

91250 175 x 362 x 99
- Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands

211
 COFFRET EXPRESS®

STANDARD LIGHTING

BOX
EXPRESS®

IP66 GRP IK09

OTHER FEATURES

Service terminals 2 to 5 insulation-piercing.

Service protection By circuit breaker fitted to DIN rail

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted from 2,5 mm² to 35 mm², with an external diameter 9 to
28 mm. Configuration with cable cut is also possible.

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure

Fire smoke class M1F0

Self extinguishing material UL94 V-0

• Secondary line wiring with MARECHAL® socket-outlet.

• Accessories for fixing box to cable tray or ladder
Modularity box
(option).
Options
• “Power On” signal light (option).
Other equipment
• Plate for external fixing.
• Gasket for two cables*.

*Contact us for more details.

212
 EXPRESS

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

JUNCTION BOX WITH OR WITHOUT THE NEED TO CUT THE CABLE

Made from halogen free glass fibre reinforced polyester compound, these boxes allow a service tap-off from the main
through cable with or without the need to strip or cut the main cable. “Snail” type gaskets allow the immediate positioning
of cables with a maximum diameter of 28 mm whilst creating an IP66 seal. The box lid, fitted with a retaining cord, is fixed
to the box by means of captive stainless steel screws.

BOX EXPRESS®

Type H x W x D in mm Distribution

- Maximum 2 tap-offs using 2 sockets

91150 191 x 254 x 111
- Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands

213
 EMERGENCY LIGHTING

BOX B2 FIRE-RESISTANT
NF C 32-070 (DIN 4102-12 TO COME) NEW

IP66 2 x 1,5 mm² GRP IK08 E90

IP67 to 5 x 16 mm²

OTHER FEATURES

Electrical continuity of the main power supply is guaranteed according to NF C 32-070 (DIN 4102-12 to come).

2 to 5 ceramic-isolated steel junction terminals mounted

Service terminals on a specific stainless steel rail fixed to the wall through
a stainless steel base plate.

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted
from 1.5 mm² to 16 mm².

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure.

Modularity box • Secondary line wiring with MARECHAL®

Options socket-outlet*.
Other equipment • Accessories for fixing box to cable tray or ladder.

*Contact us for more details.

214
 BOXES

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

FIRE-RESISTANT JUNCTION BOX

Made from polyamide, these boxes ensure the junction between one or more main through fire-resistant cables. The inter-
connection of crossing cables is performed thanks to ceramic-isolated steel junction terminals mounted on a specific
steel rail. The box lid, which can be mounted on hinges as an option, is fixed by means of captive stainless steel screws.

BOX B2 FIRE- RESISTANT

Type W x H x D in mm Distribution

Consult us
120 x 120 x 91 Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands
for the  reference

Consult us
160 x 160 x 91 Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands
for the  reference

E1

E2 D

B C D E1 E2
120x120 91 141 126 117 106
160x160 91 178 166 157 146

215
 COFFRET EXPRESS® XL
FIRE-RESISTANT NF C 32-070

EMERGENCY LIGHTING

BOX EXPRESS® XL NF C 32-070

FIRE-RESISTANT DIN 4102-12

IP66 GRP IK09 NF C 32-070

DIN 4102-12
OTHER FEATURES

Electrical continuity of the main line is guaranteed according to NF C 32-070/DIN 4102-12 - E30 classification.

Quantities : up to 5 stainless steel terminals

Technology: Insulation piercing terminal, fixed on a
ceramic base (NF C 32-070/DIN 4102-12), or aerial (DIN
Tapping terminals
4102-12).
Fixing: Wall mounted stainless steel plate by means of
the box’s plate.

Tapping protection By circuit breaker fitted to DIN rail

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted from 4 mm² to 35 mm², with an external diameter 13 to
29 mm. Configuration with cable cut is also possible..

Earthing terminal Inside and outside the enclosure

Fire smoke class M1F0

Self extinguishing material UL94 V-0

• Secondary line wiring with MARECHAL® socket-outlet.

Modularity box • Accessories for fixing box to cable tray or ladder
Options (option).
Other equipment • “Power On” signal light (option).
• Possibility to use non-perforating terminals.

216
 BOXES

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

JUNCTION BOX WITH OR WITHOUT THE NEED TO CUT THE CABLE

Made from halogen-free glass fibre reinforced polyester compound, these boxes allow a service tap-off from the main
through cable with or without the need to strip or cut the main cable. Gaskets allow the immediate positioning of fire
resistant cables with a maximum diameter of 29 mm whilst creating an IP66 seal. The box lid mounted on a stainless steel
axis is fixed to the box by means of captive stainless steel screws.

BOX EXPRESS® XL FIRE- RESISTANT NF C 32-070

Type Terminals H x W x D in mm Distribution

- Maximum 2 tap-offs using 2 sockets

91251 Ceramic 175 x 362 x 99
- Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands

BOX EXPRESS® XL FIRE- RESISTANT DIN 4102-12

Type Terminals W x H x D in mm Distribution

91252 Ceramic - Maximum 2 tap-offs using 2 sockets

175 x 361 x 99
91253 Loose - Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands

217
 COFFRET EXPRESS® FIRE-RE-
SISTANT NF C 32-070

EMERGENCY LIGHTING

BOX EXPRESS® NF C 32-070

EN 50362
FIRE-RESISTANT DIN 4102

IP66 GRP IK09 NF C 32-070

EN 50362/E30 DIN 4102
OTHER FEATURES
Electrical continuity of the main power supply is guaranteed according to NF C 32-070/EN 50362 - 850°C/120min
classification and DIN 4102 classification E30.
Quantités : Jusqu'à 5 bornes inox.
Technologie : Borne à perforation d’isolant, montée sur
une embase céramique (NF C 32-070/EN 50362), ou
Service terminals
volante (EN 50362).
Fixation : Platine inox, solidaire du mur par l’intermé-
diaire de la platine de fixation du coffret.

Service protection By circuit breaker fitted to DIN rail

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted from 4 mm² to 35 mm² with an external diameter 9 to
28 mm.

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure

Fire smoke class M1F0

Self extinguishing material UL94 V-0

• Secondary line wiring with MARECHAL® socket-outlet.

• Accessories for fixing box to cable tray or ladder
Modularity box
(option).
Options
• “Power On” signal light (option).
Other equipment
• Possibility to use non-perforating terminals.
• Gasket for two cables*.

*Contact us for more details.

218
 BOXES

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

FIRE-RESISTANT JUNCTION BOX

Made from halogen free glass fibre reinforced polyester compound or thermoplastic, these boxes allow a service tap-off
from the main through cable without the need to strip or cut the main cable. “Snail” type gaskets allow the immediate
positioning of fire resistant cables with a maximum diameter of 28 mm whilst creating an IP66 seal. The box lid, fitted with
a retaining cord, is fixed to the box by means of captive stainless steel screws.

BOX EXPRESS® FIRE- RESISTANT NF C 32-070

Type Terminals H x W x D in mm Distribution

- Maximum 2 tap-offs using 2 sockets

91251 Ceramic 191 x 254 x 111
- Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands

BOX EXPRESS® FIRE- RESISTANT EN 50362

Type Terminals H x W x D in mm Distribution

- Maximum 2 tap-offs using 2 sockets

91151 Loose 191 x 254 x 111
- Maximum 4 tap-offs using glands

219
 COFFRET EQINOX FIRE-RESIS-
TANT NF C 32-070 + DIN4102-12
EMERGENCY SIGNALLING,
SIGNPOSTING

BOX EQINOX FIRE-RESISTANT

NF C 32-070 + DIN 4102-12/E60 NEW

IP66/IP67 AISI 316L IK10 NF C 32-070

STAINLESS STEEL DIN 4102-12/E60

OTHER FEATURES
Electrical continuity of the main power supply is guaranteed according to NF C 32-070 (91141 type)
and DIN 4102-12 (91142 type)
2 to 7 insulation-piercing, stainless steel terminals,
Service terminals
fitted into a ceramic base.

Service protection By circuit breaker fitted to DIN rail

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted
from 25 mm² to 120 mm²

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure

Fire smoke class M0

Modularity box
• Secondary line wiring with MARECHAL® socket-outlet.
Options
• “Power On” signal light (option).
Other equipment

220
 BOXES

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

FIRE-RESISTANT JUNCTION BOX

Made from AISI 316L stainless steel, these boxes ensure the junction between one or more main through fire-resistant
cables (in compliance with NF C 32-070 or DIN 4102 or E30/E60/E90 type) Cable glands are fire-resistant and the inter-
connection of crossing cables is performed thanks to stainless steel terminals mounted on ceramic plates.
The box lid mounted on hinges is fixed by means of captive stainless steel screws.

BOX EQINOX FIRE- RESISTANT

Type Norm W x H x D in mm Distribution

140x200x130
200x270x130
Cable glands or MARECHAL® socket-outlets.
91141 NF C 32-070 270x350x130
Number of inputs/outputs depending on
91142 DIN 4102-12 350x350x160
configuration.
350x500x160
500x500x160

221
 COFFRETS POMPIERS

TUNNEL REFUGE POINT

FIRE
BOXES

IP65 ALUMINIUM IK09

IP66/IP69 GRP IK09

OTHER FEATURES
Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,
Cables accepted
from 2.5 mm² to 25 mm²

Service protection 30 mA differential breaker

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure

222
 BOXES

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

ALUMINIUM BOX
Especially developed in collaboration with emergency services who specialise in tunnel rescue, this box is installed in a
refuge point. Made from aluminium, this box is composed of a back plate, an inclined cover with mounted socket-outlets
and an inspection window.
Power supply of this box is performed using 5G16 cables (max. conductor section). The box lid is fixed by means of captive
stainless steel screws.

ALUMINIUM box

Type H x W x D in mm Distribution

One or two MARECHAL® socket-outlet can be mounted on the

91277 345 x 280 x 125
inclined cover.

THERMOPLASTIC BOX
Natural evolution of the aluminum version, this enclosure has equivalent functions and increased environmental resistance
with its IP66/IP69 level (high cleaning pressure) and the increased resistance to corrosion to protect from to road-salting.
This box is composed of two parts fixed on hinges:
• a protection part, with a transparent window (locking key in option),
• an inclined cover with mounted socket-outlets.
Power supply of this box is performed using 5G25 cables (max. conductor section).

THERMOPLASTIC BOX

Type H x W x D in mm Distribution

One or two MARECHAL® socket-outlet can be mounted on the

3134017CDxx 342 x 225 x 156
inclined cover.

223
 COFFRETS GENEPHONES SE-
COURS

TUNNEL REFUGE POINT

EMERGENCY
SERVICE BOXES NEW

IP66 AISI 316L IK10 NF C 32-070

STAINLESS STEEL

OTHER FEATURES

Electrical continuity of the main power supply is guaranteed according to NF C 32-070.

2 to 5 stainless steel terminals mounted on ceramic

Service terminals
plates.

Armoured and unarmoured cables, stranded or flexible,

Cables accepted
from 1.5 mm² to 6 mm²

Earthing point Inside and outside the enclosure

Fire smoke class M0

224
 BOXES

REFERENCES
AND DIMENSIONS

FIRE-RESISTANT SELF-POWERED PHONE BOX

Made from AISI 316L stainless steel, these boxes ensure the junction between the main through fire-resistant cable
(CR1-C1 type in compliance with NF C 32-070)
Cable glands are fire-resistant and the inter-connection of crossing cables is performed thanks to stainless steel
terminals mounted on ceramic plates.
The box lid mounted on hinges is fixed by means of captive stainless steel screws.

SLEF-POWERED PHONE BOX

Type H x W x D in mm Distribution

91141 270 x 200 x 130 2 outputs with MARECHAL® metal PN socket-outlet.

225
 DECONTACTOR™

125ÌA
DS F400
690 V

DECONTACTOR™
DS F400
EXTRACTION FAN PLUG

IP66 10 - 35 mm² (1)

METAL IK09 400 °C/2h AC-22 60947-3 2 AUX
IP67 10 - 50 mm² (2)
AC-23 12101-3

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). LOAD-BREAK CAPABILITY OF THE DECONTACTOR™
Earthing cable section 35 mm² max.
Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-22 125 A - 690 V

Load-break capability according to IEC/EN 60947-3/AC-23 125 A-400 V - 63 A 690 V

Power kW AC-22/AC-23 110 kW/55 kW

Other configurations
on request
OTHER FEATURES
Electrical continuity of the main power supply is guaranteed according to EN 12101-3 - 400°C/120min
classification.
Compliant with European Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU

SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG
DS F400 DS F400

380-440 V AC 3P+E 3964F13 3968F13

660-690 V AC 3P+E 3964F93 3968F93
Auxiliaries 5 A/500 V AC + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972*

* Auxiliaries on connector side are shunted.

왘 Contact us for other configurations and references.

226
 DS
125 A F400

125 A NEW
OPTION Reference

DS F400
40 HIGH TEMPERATURE LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS ØÌ4 TO 8 mm
(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)

PLUG AND SOCKET-OUTLET Réf + 843

Plug and socket-outlet for smoke ventilators WALL

Input Reference
BOXES
Operation up to 400°C during 2h
METAL BOX WITHOUT CABLE GLAND (+ EARTHING WIRE +
Metal enclosure METAL SLEEVE) UP TO 50 mm2 - Contact us for special cables

Integrated breaking capacity AC-22 and AC-23 30° M25 574C3M25185

30° M32 574C3M32185

30° M40 574C3M40185

30° M50 574C3M50185

METAL BOX WITH STRANDED CONDUCTOR WITH SECTION

>50Ìmm²

Contact us.
DS F400 PLUGS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE OF:
• electrical machinery
Ì to the "Machinery" European Directive on isolating device,
HANDLES Input Reference
Ì to the standard EN 60204-1 : Safety of machinery-electrical
equipment of machines, METAL HANDLE WITHOUT CABLE GLAND (+ EARTHING
Ì to the standard EN ISO 14118 : Safety of machinery - WIRE) - Contact us for special cables

Prevention of unexpected start-up. M25 574P0M25185

• smoke ventilators to the standard EN 12101-3 (fire resistance
M32 574P0M32185
classification F400: 400°C/2h)
M40 574P0M40185
DS F400 plugs and socket-outlets comply with:
• European Directives Low Voltage and RoHS (affixing of CE M50 574P0M50185
marking).
• REACH European Regulation, CABLE Cable outer
Input Reference
• standard IEC/EN 60947-3 (dealing with the load breaking GLAND Ø
capacities of AC-22 and AC-23 utilization categories). 8 - 16 mm M25 9PEM25METAL+J

16 - 24 mm M32 9PEM32METAL+J

22 - 32 mm M40 9PEM40METAL+J

OUR CERTIFICATIONS 34 - 44 mm M50 9PEM50METAL+J

PLUG ON SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON SOCKET MOUNTED ON WALL BOX

C C
A E A E1

E
E2

B B

A B C E1 A B C E1 E2
248 230 105 66 345 308 150 125 97

227
 CONNECTEURS

CONNECTORS

DECONTACTOR™ AND PLUGS

U MAX MAX NB OF MAX NUMBER

RANGE CURRENT DECONTACTOR™
AC CONTACTS OF AUX./PIL.

PNCX 5A 250 V 4+E / /

DXN1 20 A 550 V 4+E / Yes

DXA1 20 A 550 V 4+E / Yes

DX1 20 A 750 V 4+E / Yes

DXN3 32 A 750 V 4+E 2 AUX. Yes

DX3 32 A 750 V 4+E / Yes

DXN6 63 A 750 V 4+E 2 AUX. Yes

DX6 63 A 750 V 4+E / Yes

DX9 125 A 750 V 4+E / Yes

DX2 200 A 750 V 4+E / Yes

SINGLE POLE

SPeX 680 A 1 000 V 1 / /

MULTICONTACTS

PXN12C 10 A 220 V 11+E / /

DXN25C 10 A 440 V 24+E / /

DXN37C 10 A 230 V 36+E / /

228
 DOWNLOAD ALL TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS FROM
OUR FROM OUR WEBSITE MARECHAL.COM

SELECTION GUIDE

PROTECTION
MATERIAL IP IK ATEX ZONES PAGE
MODE

POLY IP66/IP67/IP69 IK08 1, 2, 21, 22 e, tb 232

POLY IP66/IP67 IK09 1, 2, 21, 22 db eb, tb 234

METAL IP66/IP67 IK10 1, 2, 21, 22 db eb, tb 238

METAL IP65 IK10 1, 2, 21, 22 d e, tD 242

POLY IP66/IP67 IK09 1, 2, 21, 22 db eb, tb 244

METAL IP65 IK10 1, 2, 21, 22 d e, tD 248

POLY IP66/IP67 IK09 1, 2, 21, 22 db eb,tb 250

METAL IP65/IP66 IK10 1, 2, 21, 22 d e, tD 254

METAL IP65/IP66 IK10 1, 2, 21, 22 d e, tD 256

METAL IP65/IP66 IK10 1, 2, 21, 22 d e, tD 258

DECONTACTOR™
& SOCKET-OUTLET

POLY IP65/IP66 IK08 1, 2, 21, 22 e, tb 262

METAL IP65/IP66 IK09 1, 2, 21, 22 e or i, tb 268

METAL IP66/IP67 IK09 1, 2, 21, 22 e or i, tb 272

METAL IP66/IP67 IK09 1, 2, 21, 22 e or i, tb 276

229
MAIN FEATURES

5ÌA 20 A 63 A

PNCX DXN
CONNECTOR DECONTACTOR™
II 2 G D Ex e IIC, Ex tb IIIC II 2 G D Ex db eb IIC, Ex tb IIIC
IP66/IP67/IP69 IP66/IP67
GRP casing Breaking capacity
GRP casing

PNCX CONNECTORS FACILITATE DECONTACTOR™ DXN FACILITATE THE

THE COMPLIANCE OF ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE OF:
INSTALLATION TO: • - electrical machinery to the Machinery European Directive
regarding isolation device and to EN 60204-1 standard: Safety
• - the national regulations relating to the improvement of machinery - electrical equipment of machines,
of safety and health of workers at work in France, Italy, • - electrical installation to French decree of 30 aout 2010 and 22
Spain, Belgium, septembre 2010 relating to health and safety at work when using
electrical installations,
• - the installation standards: IEC/EN 60079-14, IEC/HD 60364 • - electrical installation to national regulation relating to the
(international) and NF C 15-100 (France). improvementof the safety and health of workers at work in Italy,
Spain, Belgium,
PNCX connectors comply with: • - electrical installation to the installation standards: IEC/EN
• - ATEX European Directive (affixing "Ex" symbol and CE 60079-14, IEC/HD 60364 (international), NF C 15-100 (France)
and CSA Z462 (Canada).
marking),
• - RoHS Directive (affixing CE marking), DECONTACTOR™ DXN comply with:
• - REACH European Regulation, • - ATEX European Directive (affixing "Ex" symbol and CE marking),
• - RoHS Directive (affixing CE marking),
• IEC/EN 61984, IEC/EN 60529, IEC/EN 62262, IEC/EN 60079-0, • - REACH European Regulation,
IEC/EN 60079-7 and IEC/EN 60079-31 international and • IEC/EN 60079-0, IEC/EN 60079-1, IEC/EN 60079-7, IEC/EN
European standards. 60079-31, IEC/EN 60309-1 and IEC/EN 60309-4 standards.
• Bureau Veritas Marine specifications.

PNCX CERTIFICATION BODIES DXN CERTIFICATION BODIES

PNCX are certified by LCIE (ATEX and IECEx), NANIO (TR CU Products are certified by LCIE (ATEX and IECEx), NANIO (TR CU EAC),
EAC) and EXPLOLABS (SANS) (French, Russian and South NCC (INMETRO), KGS (KCS), CLMEx (Japan), EXPLOLABS (SANS)
African notified bodies). and cCSAus (French, South Korean, Russian, Brazilian, English [for
Japan] and American and Canadian* notified bodies) and BUREAU
VERTIAS MARINE.
(*) for North American market.

230
20 A 30 A 200 A

DXA1 DX
DECONTACTOR™ DECONTACTOR™
II 2 G D Ex db eb IIC, Ex tb IIIC II 2 G D Ex de IIC, tD A21, IP65
IP66/IP67 Breaking capacity
Breaking capacity Metal casing
Low temperature resistance -55 °C Padlocking when connected or disconnected
Metal casing

DECONTACTOR™ DXA1 AND DX FACILITATE THE COMPLIANCE OF:

• electrical machinery to the Machinery European Directive regarding isolation device and to EN 60204-1 standard: Safety of
machinery electrical equipment of machines,
• electrical installation to French decree of 30 aout 2010 and 22 septembre 2010 relating to health and safety at work when
using electrical installations,
• electrical installation to national regulation relating to the improvementof the safety and health of workers at work in Italy,
Spain, Belgium,
• electrical installation to the installation standards: IEC/EN 60079-14, IEC/HD 60364 (international), NF C 15-100 (France),
CSA Z462 (Canada).
DECONTACTOR™ DXA1 and DX comply with:
• ATEX European Directive (affixing "Ex" symbol and CE marking),
• RoHS Directive (affixing CE marking),
• REACH European Regulation,
• IEC/EN 60079-0, IEC/EN 60079-1, IEC/EN 60079-7, IEC/EN 60079-31, IEC/EN 60309-1, IEC/EN 60309-4 standards.

DXA1 CERTIFICATION BODIES DX CERTIFICATION BODIES

Products are certified by LCIE (ATEX and IECEx), KGS (KCS), Porducts are certified by LCIE (ATEC and IECEx), NANIO (TR CU
NANIO (TR CU EAC) and cCSAus (French, South Korean, Russian EAC) and EXPLOLABS (SANS) (French, Russian, South African
and American and Canadian* notified bodies). notified bodies).
(*) for North American market.

231
 PNCX

5ÌA 250 V

CONNECTOR
PNCX

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Ex tb IIIC T72 °C Db
-20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +70 °C
IECEx LCIE 16.0001X/LCIE 16 ATEX 3001X

ZONE

IP66 0,75 mm² GRP IK08 -20 °C ATEX 1, 2,

IP67 2,5 mm² +70 °C 21, 22
IP69

OTHER FEATURES

Impulse withstand voltage 5 kV

Contact resistance ‹ 2 mΩ

Casing/insulator Glass reinforced thermoplastics UL94 V-0

Load cycles › 2 000 cycles

Salt mist 50 000 hours

STANDARDS
International and European
61984, 60529, 62262, 60079-0, 60079-7 and 60079-31
IEC/ EN standards

Protection mode e, tb

232
 5ÌA PNCX

REFERENCES
AND ACCESSORIES Coupler socket and plug caps
are fitted as standard.

SOCKET-
OUTLET female INLET
(with lock nut) male (with lock nut)
PNCX PNCX

250 V AC 4P+T 06E4007 06E8007

COUPLER
SOCKET PLUG
CABLE female male
OUTER Ø PNCX PNCX

250 V AC 4P+T 10-14 mm* 06E3007 06E1007

* Ø Smaller diameters on-request.

Input/Cable
OPTIONS Reference HANDLE Reference
outer Ø
PROTECTIVE CAPS WITH INLET WITHOUT CABLE GLAND

Socket-outlet cap 01EA125

M20 06E1007417
Inlet cap 01EA126

ADAPTER PLATE FOR DXN1 ACCESSORIES WITH SOCKET-OUTLET WITHOUT CABLE GLAND
(SEE PAGE 235)

M20 06E3007417
251A457-E

Input/Cable
CABLE GLAND Reference
outer Ø

5 - 9 mm 9PEM20EX-RED

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

A C

A B C
185 45 45

233
20ÌA
DXN1
550 V

DECONTACTOR™
DXN1

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex db eb IIC T* Gb
Ex tb IIIC T* Db
*-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T90 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C T6 T70 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0005X/LCIE 99 ATEX 6027 X

ZONE

IP66 1-4 mm² (1) GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 ATEX 1, 2,

IP67 1,5-6 mm² (2) +60 °C AC-23 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). TEMPERATURE RATING
Gas temperature classes T6 for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +40 °C

T5 for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +60 °C

Dust surface temperature classes Surface T° 70 °C for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +40 °C

Other configurations Surface T° 90 °C for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +60 °C

on request

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4, 60947-3
IEC/ EN standards
Protection mode db eb, tb

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET* male
DXN1 DXN1

20-24 V AC 2P 251408A 251808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2514015 2518015

Each socket outlet 380-440 V AC 3P+E 2514013 2518013

or inlet must be 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2514017 2518017

associated with a box, 480-500 V AC 3P+E 2514093 2518093
a sleeve or a handle. 480-500 V AC 3P+N+E 2514097 2518097

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).
* inlet cap included.

234
 20ÌA DXN1
ACCESSORIES DXN1

Input/
OPTIONS Reference WALL BOX Incline angle Reference
Cable outer Ø
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm WALL BOX POLY WITH EX POLY CABLE GLAND
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° 5-10 mm 251AB5316P
Socket-outlet ref. +843

30° 10-14 mm 251AB53

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS

30° 12-18 mm 251AB5325P

399A541
WALL BOX POLY WITHOUT CABLE GLAND
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
30° M20 251AB53417
Ref. socket +453
30° M25 251AB53418
INLET CAP IP66/IP67
WALL BOX POLY WITH EX POLY CABLE GLAND
251A426
70° 10-14 mm 251AB8820P
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
70° 12-18 mm 251AB8825P

611A346 120 X 120 mm

70° 16-25 mm 251AB8832P

SELF CLOSING/SELF RETURNING LID WALL BOX POLY WITH METAL CABLE GLAND WITH EARTH
CONTINUITY
Socket-outlet ref.+R
70° 8-10 mm 251AB8820M
COMPATIBILITY WITH DSN SOCKET-OUTLET (INDUSTRIAL RANGE)
70° 12-14 mm 251AB8825M

120 X 120 mm
Contact us. 70° 18-24 mm 251AB8832M

WALL BOX POLY WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS

(IECEx LCIE 16.0042X/LCIE 16 ATEX 3054X)
SELF-EJECTION
70° 10-14 mm 251A08820P(1)
See page 188

120 X 120 mm 70° 12-18 mm 251A08825P(1)

1. Delivered with two predrilled entries fitted with 1 cable gland and 1 stopping
plugs, 8+2 terminals up to 4 mm² with 2.5 mm² wires. Wiring : 1-4 mm². For other
configurations, contact us.

HANDLES Cable outer Ø Reference SLEEVE Incline angle Reference

POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND EX POLY INCLINED POLY SLEEVE

10-14 mm 251A753
30° 251A057
12-18 mm 251A25325P

16-25 mm 251A25332P
70° 251A757
POLY HANDLE WITH EX POLY GLAND FOR SELF-EJECTION
OPTION

10-14 mm 251A463

12-18 mm 251A44325P

STRAIGHT POLY HANDLE WITH METAL CABLE GLAND WITH

EARTH CONTINUITY

8-10 mm 251A25320M

12-14 mm 251A25325M

18-24 mm 251A25332M

235
 20ÌA DXN1

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E

C A

B B

A B C E A B C
165 134 58 42 266 89 58

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1
A E1

D E2 D
E2

B
B

E1
C

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
209 180 68 90 36/56 79 208 264 138 126 117 105.5

236
 20ÌA DXN1

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
203 175 77 108 64 96 139 264 126 126 95

237
20ÌA
DXA1
550 V

DECONTACTOR™
DXA1

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

Ex db eb IIC T* Gb
II 2 G D Ex tb IIIC T* Db
-55 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C T6 T68 °C
-55 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T88 °C
LCIE 15 ATEX 3033X/IECEx LCIE 15.0030X

ZONE

IP66 1-4 mm² (1) METAL IK10 -55 °C AC-22 ATEX 1, 2,

IP67 1,5-6 mm² (2) +60 °C AC-23 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.).

TEMPERATURE RATING

Gas temperature classes T6 for an ambient T° between -55 °C and +40 °C

T5 for an ambient T° between -55 °C and +60 °C

Dust surface temperature classes Surface T° 68 °C for an ambient T° between -55 °C and +40 °C

Surface T° 88 °C for an ambient T° between -55 °C and +60 °C

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4, 60947-3
IEC/ EN standards

Protection mode db eb, tb

238
 20ÌA DXA1

SOCKET-OUTLET
female PLUG male
DXA1 DXA1

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2914015 2918015

380-440 V AC 3P+E 2914013 2918013
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2914017 2918017

WALL MOUNTING
socket female PLUG male
DXA1 DXA1

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E M20 8-13 mm 2914015 + 291A053 2918015 + 291A963

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E M25 9-16 mm 2914015 + 291A05325M 2918015 + 291A95325M
220-250 V AC 1P+N+E M32 12-21 mm 2914015 + 291A653 2918015 + 291A95332M
380-440 V AC 3P+E M20 8-13 mm 2914013 + 291A053 2918013 + 291A963
380-440 V AC 3P+E M25 9-16 mm 2914013 + 291A05325M 2918013 + 291A95325M
380-440 V AC 3P+E M32 12-21 mm 2914013 + 291A653 2918013 + 291A95332M
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E M20 8-13 mm 2914017 + 291A053 2918017 + 291A963
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E M25 9-16 mm 2914017 + 291A05325M 2918017 + 291A95325M
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E M32 12-21 mm 2914017 + 291A653 2918017 + 291A95332M

INCLINED SOCKET INCLINED

female APPLIANCE inlet male
DXA1 DXA1

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2914015 + 291A027 2918015 + 291A027

380-440 V AC 3P+E 2914013 + 291A027 2918013 + 291A027
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2914017 + 291A027 2918017 + 291A027

COUPLER SOCKET WALL MOUNTING

female appliance inlet male
DXA1 DXA1

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E M20 8-13 mm 2914015 + 291A963 2918015 + 291A053

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E M25 9-16 mm 2914015 + 291A95325M 2918015 + 291A05325M
220-250 V AC 1P+N+E M32 12-21 mm 2914015 + 291A95332M 2918015 + 291A653
380-440 V AC 3P+E M20 8-13 mm 2914013 + 291A963 2918013 + 291A053
380-440 V AC 3P+E M25 9-16 mm 2914013 + 291A95325M 2918013 + 291A05325M
380-440 V AC 3P+E M32 12-21 mm 2914013 + 291A95332M 2918013 + 291A653
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E M20 8-13 mm 2914017 + 291A963 2918017 + 291A053
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E M25 9-16 mm 2914017 + 291A95325M 2918017 + 291A05325M
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E M32 12-21 mm 2914017 + 291A95332M 2918017 + 291A653

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

OPTIONS Reference For other cable glands, contact us.

LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm

(PADLOCKS NOT SUPPLIED)

Ref. + 843

INLET CAP IP66/IP67

291A426

IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)

291A346

239
 20ÌA DXA1

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG MOBILE SOCKET

A C
C A

B B

A B C A B C
170 79 70 185 103 78

SOCKET MOUNTED ON 30° WALL BOX SOCKET ON 30° INCLINED SLEEVE

A C
E1 A C
E1

E2 D

E2 D
B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
178 156 84 95 70 76 120 140 77 108 63 95

240
 20ÌA DXA1

PLUG ON 30° WALL PLUG ON 30° INCLINE SLEEVE

A C A C
E1 E1

E2 D B E2 D
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
157 133 84 95 70 76 98 117 77 108 63 95

241
20ÌA
DX1
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DX1

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex de IIC tD A21
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T84 °C
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C T6 T74 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0014/LCIE 05 ATEX 6127

ZONE

IP65 2,5-10 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -25 °C ATEX 1, 2,
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible and stranded

wiring (min.-max.). STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4,
Other configurations IEC/ EN standards
on request Protection mode de, tD

Locking position
connected or
disconnected by
lockable shaft.

INCLINED
SOCKET-OUTLET APPLIANCE PLUG
female inlet male
DX1 DX1 DX1
Each socket outlet
or inlet must be 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2624015 2626015 8-13 mm 2621015
associated with a box, 380-440 V AC 3P+E 2624013 2626013 8-13 mm 2621013
a sleeve or a handle. 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2624017 2626017 8-13 mm 2621017

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

242
 20ÌA DX1

REFERENCES
ACCESSORIES

Cable gland Cable outer Cable gland Cable outer

WALL BOX Reference HANDLES Reference
entry Ø entry Ø
WALL BOX METAL 90° STRAIGHT HANDLE METAL
EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED* BOX EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED*

M20 8-13 mm 262AB53 M20 8-13 mm 262A963

M25 9-16 mm 262AB5325M M25 9-16 mm 262A95325M

M32 12-21 mm 262AB5332M M32 12-21 mm 262A95332M

* Optional versions for earth continuity are available, please contact us

OPTIONS Reference

INLET CAP IP66/IP67

262A926

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON WALL MOUNTED SOCKET COUPLER

A1 C
E1

E2
C A

B B

E3
A2

A1 A2 B C E1 E2 E3 A B C
115 145 341 129 90 118 168 116 154 352

243
32 A
DXN3
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DXN3

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE
II 2 G D Ex db eb IIC T* Gb
Ex tb IIIC T* Db
*-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T77 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C T6 T57 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0006X/LCIE 05 ATEX 6149X

ZONE

IP66 2,5-10 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 ATEX 1, 2,
IP67 2,5-16 mm² (2)
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). TEMPERATURE RATING
Gas temperature classes T6 for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +40 °C

T5 for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +60 °C

Dust surface temperature classes Surface T° 57 °C for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +40 °C

Other configurations Surface T° 77 °C for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +60 °C

on request

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4, 60947-3
IEC/ EN standards
Protection mode db eb, tb

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DXN3 DXN3

20-24 V AC 2P 253408A 253808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2534015 2538015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 2534013 2538013
Each socket outlet
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2534017 2538017
or inlet must be
associated with a box, 480-500 V AC 3P+E 2534093 2538093
a sleeve or a handle. 480-500 V AC 3P+N+E 2534097 2538097
550 V AC - Auxiliaries 5 A + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972

� Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

244
 32 A DXN3
DXN3 ACCESSORIES

Input/
OPTIONS Reference WALL BOX Incline angle Reference
Cable outer Ø
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm WALL BOX POLY WITH EX POLY CABLE GLAND
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° 10-14 mm 253AB53
Socket-outlet ref. +843

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS 30° 12-18 mm 253AB5325P

WALL BOX POLY WITHOUT CABLE GLAND

613A541

30° M20 253AB53417

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON

Ref. socket +453 30° M25 253AB53418

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 WALL BOX POLY WITH EX POLY CABLE GLAND

253A426 70° 10-14 mm 253AB8820P

IN-LINE CONNECTIONS
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING) 70° 12-18 mm 253AB8825P

120 X 120 mm
613A346 70° 16-25 mm 253AB8832P

SELF CLOSING/SELF RETURNING LID WALL BOX POLY WITH METAL CABLE GLAND WITH EARTH
CONTINUITY
Socket-outlet ref.+R
70° 8-10 mm 253AB8820M

COMPATIBILITY WITH DSN SOCKET-OUTLET (INDUSTRIAL RANGE)

70° 12-14 mm 253AB8825M

120 X 120 mm
70° 18-24 mm 253AB8832M
Contact us.
WALL BOX POLY WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS
(IECEx LCIE 16.0042X/LCIE 16 ATEX 3054X)

SELF-EJECTION
70° 10-14 mm 253A08820P(1)

See page 188

70° 12-18 mm 253A08825P(1)
120 X 120 mm

1. D
 elivered with two predrilled entries fitted with 1 cable gland and 1 stopping plug,
8+2 terminals up to 10 mm² with 6 mm² wires. Wiring : 2.5-10 mm². For other
configurations, contact us.

HANDLE Cable outer Ø Reference SLEEVE Incline angle Reference

POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND EX POLY INCLINED POLY SLEEVE

10-14 mm 253A753
30° 253A027
12-18 mm 253A783

16-25 mm 253A25332P

22-32 mm 253A25340P 70° 253A757

POLY HANDLE WITH EX POLY GLAND FOR SELF-EJECTION OPTION
10-14 mm 253A463

12-18 mm 253A44325P

16-25 mm 253A44332P

STRAIGHT POLY HANDLE WITH METAL CABLE GLAND WITH

EARTH CONTINUITY
8-10 mm 253A25320M

12-14 mm 253A25325M

18-24 mm 253A25332M

245
 32ÌA DXN3

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E
C A

E
B
B

A B C E A B C
190 171 77 48 304 71 118

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

C
A E1
A E1

D E2
E2 D

E B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
226 191 84 84 71 71 208 264 138 126 117 105.5

246
 32ÌA DXN3

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D

E2

B B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
201 204 77 108 64 96 148 275 126 126 95

247
32ÌA
DX3
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DX3

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex de IIC tD A21
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T84 °C
-25 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C T6 T74 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0014/LCIE 05 ATEX 6127

ZONE

IP65 2,5-10 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -25 °C ATEX 1, 2,
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible and stranded wiring

(min.-max.). STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4,
Other configurations IEC/ EN standards
on request Protection mode de, tD

Locking position
connected or
disconnected by
lockable shaft.

INCLINED
SOCKET-OUTLET APPLIANCE PLUG
female inlet male
DX3 DX3 DX3
Each socket outlet
or inlet must be 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2634015 2636015 9-16 mm 2631015
associated with a box, 380-440 V AC 3P+E 2634013 2636013 9-16 mm 2631013
a sleeve or a handle. 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2634017 2636017 9-16 mm 2631017

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

248
 32ÌA DX3

REFERENCES
ACCESSORIES

Cable gland Cable outer Cable gland Cable outer

WALL BOX Reference HANDLES Reference
entry Ø entry Ø
WALL BOX METAL 90° STRAIGHT HANDLE METAL
EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED* BOX EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED*

M20 8-13 mm 263AB5320M M20 8-13 mm 263A95320M

M25 9-16 mm 263AB53 M25 9-16 mm 263A963

M32 12-21 mm 263AB5332M M32 12-21 mm 263A95332M

* Optional versions for earth continuity are available, please contact us

OPTIONS Reference

INLET CAP IP66/IP67

263A926

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET COUPLER

A1 C
E1

E2
C A

B B

E3
A2

A1 A2 B C E1 E2 E3 A B C
115 145 341 129 90 118 168 116 154 352

249
63 A
DXN6
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DXN6

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE
II 2 G D Ex db eb IIC T* Gb
Ex tb IIIC T* Db
*-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T4 T107 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C T5 T87 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0007X/LCIE 05 ATEX 6150X

ZONE

IP66 6-16 mm² (1)

GRP IK09 -40 °C AC-22 ATEX 1, 2,
IP67 6-25 mm² (2)
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). TEMPERATURE RATING
Gas temperature classes T5 for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +40 °C

T4 for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +60 °C

Dust surface temperature classes Surface T° 87 °C for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +40 °C

Other configurations Surface T° 107 °C for an ambient T° between -40 °C and +60 °C
on request

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4, 60947-3
IEC/ EN standards
Protection mode db eb, tb

SOCKET-OUTLET
female INLET male
DXN6 DXN6

20-24 V AC 2P 256408A 256808A

220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2564015 2568015
380-440 V AC 3P+E 2564013 2568013
Each socket outlet
380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2564017 2568017
or inlet must be
associated with a box, 480-500 V AC 3P+E 2564093 2568093
a sleeve or a handle. 480-500 V AC 3P+N+E 2564097 2568097
550 V AC - Auxiliaries 5 A + 2 contacts Ref. + 972 Ref. + 972

� Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

250
 63 A DXN6
DXN6 ACCESSORIES

Input/
OPTIONS Reference WALL BOX Incline angle Reference
Cable outer Ø
LOCKING PIN FOR 2 PADLOCKS Ø 4 TO 8 mm WALL BOX POLY WITH EX POLY CABLE GLAND
(PADLOCK NOT SUPPLIED)
30° 12-18 mm 256AB53
Socket-outlet ref. +843

WALL BOX POLY WITHOUT CABLE GLAND

SAFETY HASP FOR UP TO 6 PADLOCKS

30° M25 256AB53418

613A541

WALL BOX POLY WITH EX POLY CABLE GLAND

LARGER RELEASE BUTTON
70° 10-14 mm 256AB8820P
Ref. socket +453
70° 12-18 mm 256AB8825P

INLET CAP IP66/IP67 70° 16-25 mm 256AB8832P

160 X 160 mm
70° 22-32 mm 256AB8840P
256A426
WALL BOX POLY WITH METAL CABLE GLAND WITH EARTH
IN-LINE CONNECTIONS CONTINUITY
(A PAIR OF FINGER DRAW PLATES TO AID CLOSING)
70° 8-10 mm 256AB8820M
616A346 70° 12-14 mm 256AB8825M

160 X 160 mm 70° 18-24 mm 256AB8832M

SELF CLOSING/SELF RETURNING LID
WALL BOX POLY WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS
Socket-outlet ref.+R (IECEx LCIE 16.0042X/LCIE 16 ATEX 3054X)

70° 10-14 mm 256A08820P(1)

COMPATIBILITY WITH DSN SOCKET-OUTLET (INDUSTRIAL RANGE)
70° 12-18 mm 256A08825P(1)

70° 16-25 mm 256A08832P(1)

160 X 160 mm
Contact us. 70° 22-32 mm 256A08840P(1)
IN THIS CONFIGURATION
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C T4 T105° C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C T5 T95 °C
SELF-EJECTION
1. D
 elivered with two predrilled entries fitted with 1 cable gland and 1 stopping plug,
8+2 terminals up to 16 mm² with 16 mm² wires. Wiring : 6-16 mm². For other
See page 188 configurations, contact us.

HANDLE Cable outer Ø Reference

POLY HANDLE WITH GLAND EX POLY

10-14 mm 256A25320P

12-18 mm 256A753

16-25 mm 256A25332P

22-32 mm 256A25340P

POLY HANDLE WITH EX POLY GLAND FOR SELF-EJECTION OPTION

12-18 mm 256A463

16-25 mm 256A44332P

SLEEVE Incline angle Reference 22-32 mm 256A44340P

INCLINED POLY SLEEVE STRAIGHT POLY HANDLE WITH METAL CABLE GLAND WITH
EARTH CONTINUITY

30° 256A027 8-10 mm 256A25320M

12-14 mm 256A25325M
70° 256A757
18-24 mm 256A25332M

251
 63ÌA DXN6

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON SOCKET-OUTLET COUPLER

A E

C A

B
B

A B C E A B C
218 195 84 55 350 84 122

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET PLUG ON 70° WALL-MOUNTED SOCKET-OUTLET

C
A E1

A E1

E2 E2 D
D

B
B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E1 E2
265 225 89 100 77 89 244 341 175 166 157 145.5

252
 63ÌA DXN6

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET PLUG ON 70° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E

A E1

E D
D E2

B B

A B C D E1 E2 A B C D E
239 219 77 108 64 96 175 341 166 166 135

253
63ÌA
DX6
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DX6

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex de IIC tD A21
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T90 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C T6 T80 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0015/LCIE 04 ATEX 6038

ZONE

IP65 16-35 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C ATEX 1, 2,
IP66 16-50 mm² (2)
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4,
IEC/ EN standards
Protection mode de, tD
Other configurations
on request

Locking position
connected or
disconnected by
lockable shaft.

INCLINED
SOCKET-OUTLET APPLIANCE PLUG
female inlet male
DX6 DX6 DX6
Each socket outlet
or inlet must be 220-250 V AC 1P+N+E 2664015 2666015 12-21 mm 2661015
associated with a box, 380-440 V AC 3P+E 2664013 2666013 12-21 mm 2661013
a sleeve or a handle. 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2664017 2666017 12-21 mm 2661017

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

254
 63ÌA DX6

REFERENCES
ACCESSORIES

Cable gland Cable outer Cable gland Cable outer

WALL BOX Reference HANDLES Reference
entry Ø entry Ø
WALL BOX METAL 90° STRAIGHT HANDLE METAL
EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED* BOX EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED*

M25 9-16 mm 266AB5325M M25 9-16 mm 266A95325M

M32 12-21 mm 266AB53 M32 12-21 mm 266A963

M40 16-27 mm 266AB5340M M40 16-27 mm 266A95340M

* Optional versions for earth continuity are available, please contact us

OPTIONS Reference

INLET CAP IP66/IP67

266A926

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
PLUG ON WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET COUPLER
xxxx

C
E1

E2

C A

B
B

E3
A

A B C E1 E2 E3 A B C
221 511 173 130 173 195 582 212 160

255
125ÌA
DX9
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DX9

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex de IIC tD A21
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T90 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +50 °C T6 T80 °C
IECEX LCI 09.0015/LCIE 04 ATEX 6038

ZONE

IP65 35-50 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C ATEX 1, 2,
IP66 50-70 mm² (2)
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring (min.-max.).

(2) Stranded wiring (min.-max.). STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4,
Other configurations IEC/ EN standards
on request Protection mode de, tD

Locking position
connected or
disconnected by
lockable shaft.

INCLINED
SOCKET-OUTLET APPLIANCE PLUG
female inlet male
DX9 DX9 DX9

380-440 V AC 3P+E 2694013 2696013 16-27 mm 2691013

23-35 mm 269101350M

Each socket outlet 36-48 mm 269101363M

or inlet must be 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2694017 2696017 16-27 mm 2691017
associated with a box, 23-35 mm 269101750M
a sleeve or a handle. 36-48 mm 269101763M

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

256
 125ÌA DX9

REFERENCES
ACCESSORIES

Cable gland Cable outer Cable gland Cable outer

WALL BOX Reference HANDLES Reference
entry Ø entry Ø
WALL BOX METAL 90° STRAIGHT HANDLE METAL
EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED* BOX EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED*

M32 12-21 mm 269AB5332M M32 12-21 mm 269A95332M

M40 16-27 mm 269AB53 M40 16-27 mm 269A963

M50 23-35 mm 269AB5350M M50 23-35 mm 269A95350M

M63 36-48 mm 269AB5363M M63 36-48 mm 269A95363M

* Optional versions for earth continuity are available, please contact us

OPTIONS Reference

INLET CAP IP66/IP67

269A926

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
xxxx
PLUG ON WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET COUPLER

C
E1

E2

C A

B
B

E3
A

A B C E1 E2 E3 A B C
221 511 173 130 173 195 582 212 160

257
200ÌA
DX2
750 V

DECONTACTOR™
DX2

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex de IIC tD A21
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T3 T91 °C
IECEx LCI 09.0015/LCIE 04 ATEX 6038

ZONE

IP65 50 mm² (1)

METAL IK10 -40 °C ATEX 1, 2,
IP66 70 mm² (2)
+60 °C 21, 22

(1) Flexible wiring.

(2) Stranded wiring. STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-1, 60079-7, 60079-31, 60309-1, 60309-4,
Other configurations IEC/ EN standards
on request Protection mode de, tD

Locking position
connected or
disconnected by
lockable shaft.

INCLINED
SOCKET-OUTLET APPLIANCE PLUG
female inlet male
Each socket outlet DX2 (200 A) DX2 (200 A) DX2 (200 A)
or inlet must be
associated with a box, 380-440 V AC 3P+E 2674013 2676013 36-48 mm 2671013
a sleeve or a handle. 380-440 V AC 3P+N+E 2674017 2676017 36-48 mm 2671017

왘 Other currents, voltages, frequencies and contact configurations are available (see page 14).

258
 200ÌA DX2

REFERENCES
ACCESSORIES

Cable gland Cable outer Cable gland Cable outer

WALL BOX Reference HANDLES Reference
entry Ø entry Ø
WALL BOX METAL 90° STRAIGHT HANDLE METAL
EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED* BOX EX METAL CABLE GLAND INCLUDED*

M63 36-48 mm 267AB53 M63 36-48 mm 267A963

* Optional versions for earth continuity are available, please contact us

OPTIONS Reference

INLET CAP IP66/IP67

267A926

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS
xxxx
PLUG ON WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET COUPLER

C
E1

E2

C A

B
B

E3
A

A B C E1 E2 E3 A B C
221 511 173 130 173 195 582 212 160

259
680ÌA

SPeX
SINGLE POLE CONNECTOR

SPeX SINGLE POLE CONNECTORS SPeX CERTIFICATION BODIES

COMPLY WITH: SPeX are certified by LCIE (ATEX and IECEx), NANIO (TR CU
• ATEX European Directive (affixing "Ex" symbol and CE marking), EAC) and cCSAus (french, russian and americano-canadian*
• RoHS Directive (affixing CE marking), notified bodies).
• REACH European Regulation,
* for North American market.
• IEC/EN 60079-0, IEC/EN 60079-7 and IEC/EN 60079-31
international and European standards,
• BUREAU VERITAS Marine specifications.

THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE SAFETY AN EASY-TO-USE CONNECTOR

• IP2X socket-outlet when cap removed, • Straight insertion of the plug into the socket-outlet,
• Automatic IP65/IP66 when plug is connected. • Different mechanical keying for L1, L2, L3, N and E, positive
and negative (DC)
• Visual identification by standard colours.

SPeX ATEX CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO CABLE CROSS-SECTION AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

-20 °C Ta +40 °C -20 °C Ta +40 °C -20 °C Ta +60 °C

GD GD GD
T5/T56 °C T6/T56 °C T5/T76 °C

70 mm² 290 A 235 A 235 A

95 mm² 415 A 335 A 335 A
120 mm² 456 A 376 A 376 A
150 mm² 493 A 415 A 415 A
185 mm² 530 A 450 A 450 A
²
240 mm 570 A 497 A 497 A
300 mm² 620 A 540 A 540 A
400 mm² 680 A 600 A 600 A

PERFORMANCES
With 240 mm2 wiring, the SPeX accepts a permanent current up to 570 A/1000 V AC with T5 EX classification at 40 °C ambient temperature.

260
 II 2 G D Ex e IIC, Ex tb IIIC
IP65/IP66
Temperature rating -20 °C to +60 °C
Electromechanical interlocking system
Mechanic and visual keying

Colour coding system

according to country standard

Release button

Automatically IP66 when connected

(dust and water hose down)

Operating ring of the

electromechanical
interlocking system

Closing lever, this can

be fitted to the socket
or plug
Mechanical colored keying ring of
L1, L2, L3, N and E

INTERLOCKING ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM: ENERGY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH SEPARATE

INCREASED POWER WITH PARALLEL CONNECTION. CONNECTION OF CONTACTS
The pilot contact breaks the circuit in conformity with ATEX Directive (increased
safety “e”). External control contactor not supplied by MARECHAL.

L1 P1 P2
L1 L2 L3 N P1 P2

L1 L1 L2 L3 N

Pilot wiring is mandatory to break and mate on load

261
680ÌA
SPeX
1 000 V

SINGLE POLE POWER

CONNECTOR SPeX

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

Ex e IIC Gb
II 2 G D Ex tb IIIC Db
IECEx LCI 12.0005X
LCIE 07 ATEX 6073 X

ZONE

IP65 SEE GRP IK08 -20 °C ATEX 1, 2,

IP66 TABLE +60 °C 21, 22

OTHER FEATURES
Rated current According to temperature class and section of cable
LEVER MECHANISM
Number of operations 2000
TO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY
Compatible with socket Pre-wired pilot circuit 6 A/250 V
or inlet since 2018
Lever mechanism : Short-circuit current Icc 20 kA during 250 ms
454A876
Draw base : 454A396
STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-7 et 60079-31
IEC/ EN standards
Protection mode e, tb

LE female
SOCKET-OUTLET
OUT
UTTLE INLET male
COLOR coding SPeX WITHOUT
WITHO LUG SPeX WITHOUT LUG
Reference Reference Reference Reference
Type Europe* Reference
16-25 mm 22-32 mm 28-38 mm 40-48 mm
L1 Brown 4647001 464100132P 464100140P 464100150P 464100163P
L2 Black 4647002 464100232P 464100240P 464100250P 464100263P
L3 Grey 4647003 464100332P 464100340P 464100350P 464100363P
Neutral Blue 464700N 464100N32P 464100N40P 464100N50P 464100N63P
Earth Green 464700T 464100T32P 464100T40P 464100T50P 464100T63P
Positive Red 464700P 464100P32P 464100P40P 464100P50P 464100P63P
Negative Black 464700M 464100M32P 464100M40P 464100M50P 464100M63P
* The indicated references are valid for Europe and Japan.
For mobile socket-outlets or wall-mounted inlet references, contact us.

262
 680ÌA SPeX

UTTLEE female
SOCKET-OUTLET
OUT INLET male
COLOR coding SPeX WITHO
WITHOUT LUG SPeX WITHOUT LUG
Reference Reference Reference Reference
Type Australia and New Zealand Reference
16-25 mm 22-32 mm 28-38 mm 40-48 mm
L1 Red 4347001 434100132P 434100140P 434100150P 434100163P
L2 White 4347002 434100232P 434100240P 434100250P 434100263P
L3 Blue 4347003 434100332P 434100340P 434100350P 434100363P
Neutral Black 434700N 434100N32P 434100N40P 434100N50P 434100N63P
Earth Green 434700T 434100T32P 434100T40P 434100T50P 434100T63P
Positive Red 434700P 434100P32P 434100P40P 434100P50P 434100P63P
Negative Black 434700M 434100M32P 434100M40P 434100M50P 434100M63P

For the UK, South Africa and India, replace the first two digits by 44.

Reference Reference Reference Reference

Type USA Reference
16-25 mm 22-32 mm 28-38 mm 40-48 mm
L1 Black 4247001* 424100132P 424100140P 424100150P 424100163P
L2 Red 4247002* 424100232P 424100240P 424100250P 424100263P
L3 Blue 4247003* 424100332P 424100340P 424100350P 424100363P
Neutral White 424700N* 424100N32P 424100N40P 424100N50P 424100N63P
Earth Green 424700T* 424100T32P 424100T40P 424100T50P 424100T63P
Positive Red 424700P* 424100P32P 424100P40P 424100P50P 424100P63P
Negative Black 424700M* 424100M32P 424100M40P 424100M50P 424100M63P

* cCSAus certified products.

For mobile socket-outlets or wall-mounted inlet references, contact us.

COPPER LUGS
Lug choice depends on the cable: the cross-section of the flexible cable mentioned in the table below is for information only. Please check dimensions
as these may vary according to cable types and manufacturers.

Wiring (mm2) Straight with hole Straight threaded M12 Internal diameter (mm) External diameter (mm)*
Flexible Stranded Reference Reference
50 70 454A50C 454A50D 11 15
70 95 454A70C 454A70D 13.1 18
95 120 45AA95C 454A95D 14.5 19
120 150 454A12C 454A12D 16.2 21
150 185 454A15C 454A15D 18 24
185 240 454A18C 454A18D 20.6 26
240 300 454A24C 454A24D 23.1 29
300 400 454A30C 454A30D 26.1 32
400 500 454A40C 454A40D 29.2 40
500 630 454A500C 454A500D 33.2 42
630 / / 454A63D 37.6 52
For male contact, wiring with crimping lugs, according to NF C20-130 standard (for VDE 0220 standard, please contact us). Crimping: Double hexagonal crimping is
recommended.
*Choisir la matrice de sertissage en fonction du diamètre extérieur de votre cosse.

263
 680ÌA SPeX

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON 30° ANGLED SOCKET OUTLET

E1

E2

A B C D E1 E2
SP M50 254 306 105 128 89 112

264
680ÌA SPeX

265
 MAIN FEATURES

12 CONTACTS 25 CONTACTS 37 CONTACTS

10ÌA 10ÌA 10ÌA

PXN12C DXN25C DXN37C

II 2 G D Ex e IIC Gb, Ex tb IIIC Db

II 2 G D Ex ia ou ib IIC Gb
padlocking when connected or disconnected
Corrosion protected metal casing

MULTICONTACTS PXN12C, DXN25C AND PXN12C, DXN25C AND DXN37C

DXN37C CONNECTORS COMPLY WITH: CERTIFICATION BODIES
• ATEX European Directive (affixing "Ex" symbol and CE marking), Porducts are certified by LCIE (ATEX and IECEx), NANIO (TR CU
• RoHS Directive (affixing CE marking), EAC), EXPLOLABS (SANS) and KGS (KCS*) (French, Russian,
• REACH European Regulation, South African and South Korean notified bodies).
• IEC/EN 60079-0, IEC/EN 60079-7 and IEC/EN 60079-31
*DXN37C excluded
standards.

266
12 37 CONTACTS

SIMPLE ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY

FAST WIRING
• Cable conductors: 1 mm² to 2,5 mm².
• Before wiring, add a heat-shrink sleeve or insulating sleeve on each conductor..
• After wiring, cover the visible portion of the contact with the sleeve.
• Crimp the contact with a KNIPEX crimping tool P/N° 61CA500 or a GREENLEE
crimping tool P/N° 45505.
• Use the 4 mm² footprint whatever the conductor cross-section.
• Perform a double crimping in compliance with CEI 60352-2 standard.
• Conductors can equally be soldered.

ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY
To insert contacts when they have been wired is simple. To remove, use the tool provided.
Push wired contact into rear of insulator until it stops to complete the Push tool from front onto contact until tool stops.
installation. Contact is then released at rear of insulator.

267
2
26
67
67
 PXN12C

220 V
12 CONTACTS 10ÌA

CONNECTORS
MULTICONTACTS PXN12C

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex e IIC Gb Ex tb IIIC Db
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C T5 T69 °C
Ex ia ou ib IIC T6 Gb
IECEx LCIE 14.0041X/LCIE 07 ATEX 6070X

ZONE

IP65 1-2,5 mm² METAL IK09 -40 °C ATEX 1, 2,

IP66 +55 °C 21, 22

OTHER FEATURES
Rated current (with wiring according
4-20 mA/10 A
to standard)

Terminals wiring crimping

Flexible wiring (min.-max.). 1-2,5 mm2

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-7 et 60079-31
IEC/ EN standards

Protection mode e ou i, tb

268
 PXN
10ÌA 12C

REFERENCES
AND OPTIONS

WALL MOUNTING PLUG male

socket female PXN12C
PXN12C Connection or
disconnection screw
Input Cable outer Ø Reference Input Cable outer Ø Reference locking imprint
M25 9-16 mm 06A000125M M25 9-16 mm 06A100125M BTR 2.5.
M32 12-21 mm 06A0001 M32 12-21 mm 06A1001

Each product is
supplied with 1 bag of
INCLINED SOCKET INCLINED 13 contacts depending
FEMALE APPLIANCE inlet male on the maximum
PXN12C PXN12C configuration.
Reference Reference
This allows you to set
up the product to suit
06A7001 06A9001
your needs.

COUPLER INCLINED
SOCKET female APPLIANCE inlet
PXN12C PXN12C
Input Cable outer Ø Reference Input Cable outer Ø Reference
M25 9-16 mm 06A300125M M25 9-16 mm 06A600125M
M32 12-21 mm 06A3001 M32 12-21 mm 06A6001

INFOS +
Leaving 2 contacts unused can give 9 different keying positions (on
socket outlet side or mobile plug side) using the two specific stopping
plugs supplied.

OPTIONS Reference OPTIONS Reference

BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS CRIMPING TOOL

61CA500
01AA213

HELAVIA SLEEVE EXPANSION TOOL

BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS
61CA400

01AA113
BAG OF 13 HEAT SHRINK INSULATION SLEEVES
61CA083
REMOVAL KEY
INLET CAP

61CA593
01NA426

269
 PXN
10ÌA 12C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON 45° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A C
E1

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2
213 193 110 114 94 70

PLUG ON 45° INCLINED SOCKET OUTLET

E1

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2
153 189 77 107 63 95

270
 PXN
10ÌA 12C

COUPLER

C A

A B C
246 136 58

271
 DXN25C

440 V
25 CONTACTS 10ÌA

CONNECTORS
MULTICONTACTS DXN25C

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex e IIC Gb Ex tb IIIC Db
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C T6 T51 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C T5 T71 °C
Ex ia ou ib IIC T6 Gb
IECEx LCIE 14.0040X/LCIE 09 ATEX 3050X

ZONE

IP66 1-2,5 mm² METAL IK09 -40 °C ATEX 1, 2,

IP67 +60 °C 21, 22

OTHER FEATURES
Rated current (with wiring according
4-20 mA/10 A
to standard)

Terminals wiring Crimping

Flexible wiring (min.-max.). 1-2,5 mm2

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-7 et 60079-31
IEC/ EN standards

Protection mode e ou i, tb

272
 DXN
10ÌA 25C

REFERENCES
AND OPTIONS

WALL MOUNTING PLUG male

socket female DXN25C
DXN25C Locking position
connected or
Input Cable outer Ø Reference Input Cable outer Ø Reference disconnected by
M32 12-21 mm 36D000232M
36D00 M32 12-21 mm 36D100232M lockable shaft.
M40 16-27 mm 36D0002 M40 16-27 mm 36D1002

Other accessories
on request.

INCLINED SOCKET INCLINED

Each product is
FEMALE APPLIANCE inlet male
supplied with 2 bags of
DXN25C DXN25C
13 contacts depending
Reference Reference on the maximum
36D7002 36D9002 configuration.
This allows you to set
up the product to suit
your needs.
COUPLER SOCKET INCLINED Delivered with
female APPLIANCE inlet padlocking shaft.
DXN25C DXN25C
Input Cable outer Ø Reference Input Cable outer Ø Reference
M32 12-21 mm 36D300232M M32 12-21 mm 36D600232M
M40 16-27 mm 36D3002 M40 16-27 mm 36D6002

INFOS +
Leaving 2 contacts unused can give 9 different keying positions (on
socket outlet side or mobile plug side) using the two specific stopping
plugs supplied.

OPTIONS Reference OPTIONS Reference

BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS CRIMPING TOOL

61CA500
01AA213

HELAVIA SLEEVE EXPANSION TOOL

BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS
61CA400

61CA113
BAG OF 13 HEAT SHRINK INSULATION SLEEVES
61CA083
REMOVAL KEY
INLET CAP IP66/IP67

61CA593
313A426

273
 DXN
10ÌA 25C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A C
E1

D
E2

A B C D E1 E2
299 200 110 114 94 70

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2
239 197 77 107 63 95

274
 DXN
10ÌA 25C

COUPLER

C A

A B C
346 108 80

275
 DXN37C

230 V
37 CONTACTS 10ÌA

CONNECTORS
MULTICONTACTS DXN37C

MARECHAL ELECTRIC FRANCE

II 2 G D Ex e IIC Gb Ex tb IIIC Db
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +40 °C T6 T56 °C
-40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C T5 T76 °C
Ex ia ou ib IIC T6 Gb
IECEx LCIE 14.0038X/LCIE 07 ATEX 6071X

ZONE

IP66 1-2,5 mm² METAL IK09 -40 °C ATEX 1, 2,

IP67 +55 °C 21, 22

OTHER FEATURES
Rated current (with wiring according
4-20 mA/10 A
to standard)

Terminals wiring : crimping

Flexible wiring (min.-max.). 1-2,5 mm2

STANDARDS
International and European
60079-0, 60079-7 et 60079-31
IEC/ EN standards

Protection mode e ou i, tb

276
 DXN
10ÌA 37C

REFERENCES
AND OPTIONS

WALL MOUNTING PLUG male

socket female DXN37C
Locking position
DXN37C
connected or
Input Cable outer Ø Reference Input Cable outer Ø Reference disconnected by
M32 12-21 mm 36C000332M
36C0 M32 12-21 mm 36C100332M lockable shaft.
M40 16-27 mm 36C0003 M40 16-27 mm 36C1003
Other accessories
on request.

INCLINED SOCKET INCLINED Each product is

FEMALE APPLIANCE inlet male supplied with 3 bags of
DXN37C DXN37C
13 contacts depending
Reference Reference on the maximum
36C7003 36C9003 configuration.
This allows you to set
up the product to suit
your needs.
Delivered with
COUPLER SOCKET INCLINED
padlocking shaft.
female APPLIANCE inlet
DXN37C DXN37C
Input Cable outer Ø Reference Input Cable outer Ø Reference
M32 12-21 mm 36C300332M M32 12-21 mm 36C600332M
M40 16-27 mm 36C3003 M40 16-27 mm 36C6003

INFOS +
Leaving 2 contacts unused can give 9 different keying positions (on
socket outlet side or mobile plug side) using the two specific stopping
plugs supplied.

OPTIONS Reference OPTIONS Reference

BAG OFÌ13ÌFEMALES CONTACTS CRIMPING TOOL

61CA500
01AA213

HELAVIA SLEEVE EXPANSION TOOL

BAG OFÌ13ÌMALES CONTACTS
61CA400

61CA113
BAG OF 13 HEAT SHRINK INSULATION SLEEVES
61CA083
REMOVAL KEY
INLET CAP IP66/IP67

61CA593
313A426

277
 DXN
10ÌA 37C

DRAWINGS
AND DIMENSIONS

PLUG ON 30° WALL MOUNTED SOCKET OUTLET

A C
E1

D
E2

A B C D E1 E2
299 200 110 114 94 70

PLUG ON 30° INCLINED SOCKET-OUTLET

A C
E1

E2 D

A B C D E1 E2
239 197 77 107 63 95

278
 DXN
10ÌA 37C

COUPLER

C A

A B C
346 108 80

279
BOXES

DISTRIBUTION
AND JUNCTION

B2X MXBJ MXBS

SOCKET OR JUNCTION SOCKET-OUTLET
JUNCTION BOXES BOXES COMBINATION BOXES

P. 282 P. 286 P. 288

• II 2 G D Ex e IIC, • II 2 G D Ex eb IIC, • II 2 G D Ex eb IIC,

Ex tb IIIC Ex tb IIIC Ex tb IIIC
• Intrinsic safety capability • Intrinsic safety capability • Intrinsic safety capability
• GRP casing • GRP casing, aluminium, • Assembly of multi-contact
stainless steel AISI 316L connectors and socket-
• For Ex socket and/or EX
outlets on the same
terminals • Custom configuration
enclosure
• 120x120 mm ou
• GRP casing, aluminium,
160x160 mm
stainless steel AISI 316L
• On hinges
• Custom configuration

280
 SELECTION GUIDE

CONTROL
AND SIGNALLING ENCLOSURES

FLAMEPROOF
CONTROL GASÌGROUP
STATIONS IIB + H2 OU IIC

Increased Flameproof IIB + H2 IIC

safety

P. 290 P. 292

• II 2 G D Ex eb IIC, Ex tb IIIC • II 2 G D Ex db IIB ou IIB+H2 ou IIC

• or II 2 G D Ex db IIC, Ex tb IIIC • or II 2 G D Ex d IIC, Ex tb IIIC
• Intrinsic safety option • A wide range of metal boxes (cast
aluminium or stainless steel) equipped with
• A wide range of boxes equipped with
certified accessories (push buttons, rotating
certified accessories (push buttons, light
buttons, light indicators, potentiometers...)
indicators etc...)
• Custom configuration
• GRP casing, aluminium, stainless
steel AISI 316L
• Custom configuration
BOXES

281
SOCKET OR
JUNCTIONÌBOXES B2X

ZONE

IP66 0,22 – GRP IK09 -50 °C ATEX 1, 2,

IP67 35 mm² +60 °C 21, 22

Existing terminal OTHER FEATURES

configurations for 25 A, Dimensions 120x120x90 and 160x160x90
32 A, 45 A and 63 A. Fitting Certified Ex e terminals

Cable entries M12 to M40

Flexible and stranded wiring (min.-max.) 0,22 – 35 mm²

STANDARDS

International and European IEC/ EN standards 62262, 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-11 et 60079-31

ASSOCIATED MARECHAL® PRODUCTS

DECONTACTOR™ DXA1, DXN1, DXN3 and DXN6

Connectors PNCX

Multicontact connectors PXN12C

MARKING AND CERTIFICATION

II 2 G Ex e IIC T(2) Gb
or Ex ia ou ib IIC T(2) Gb or Ex e ia ou ib IIC T(2) Gb
ATEX markings II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T(2) Db

(2)
depending on configurations
and ambient T° T6/T5/T4 for the gas.

Certificates IECEx N° IECEx LCIE 16.0042X

Certificates
ATEX N° LCIE 16 ATEX 3054X

282
 B2X

CONFIGURATIONS
• For standard configurations of socket boxes with terminals, see the DXN1,
DXN3 and DXN6 pages.
• For special configurations, contact us.

ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
• Earth stud
• Earth bar
• Junction bar
• Draining and breathing device
• Earth continuity plate
• Metal cable gland with or without earth continuity

283
 B2X

CONFIGURATION TYPES
POLYAMIDE CABLE GLAND
Junction box in GRP, with polyamide cable glands, blanking-plug, terminals as described.

STOPPING
MAX ARTICLE
SIZE CONFIG. CABLE GLAND PLUG TERMINAL
CURRENT(1) NUMBER
(as free part)
2 x M20 5 x 4 mm²
/ 25 A 24A1C0000J169
(10-14 mm) + 2 E

3 x M20 5 x 4 mm²
1 x M20 25 A 24A1C0000J170
(10-14 mm) + 2 E

4 x M20 7 x 4 mm²
2 x M20 25 A 24A1C0000J171
(10-14 mm) + 2 E
120x120x90
mm
2 x M25 5 x 6 mm²
/ 32 A 24A1D0000J172
(12-18 mm) + 2 E

3 x M25 5 x 6 mm²
1 x M25 32 A 24A1D0000J173
(12-18 mm) + 2 E

4 x M25 7 x 6 mm²
2 x M25 32 A 24A1D0000J174
(12-18 mm) + 2 E

2 x M32 5 x 10 mm²
/ 45 A 24C1E0000J175
(17-24 mm) + 2 E

3 x M32 5 x 10 mm²
1 x M32 45 A 24C1E0000J176
(17-24 mm) + 2 E

4 x M32 7 x 10 mm²
2 x M32 45 A 24C1E0000J177
(17-24 mm) + 2 E

2 x M40 5 x 16 mm²
/ 63 A 24C1F0000J178
(17-31 mm) + 2 E

3 x M40 5 x 16 mm²
1 x M40 63 A 24C1F0000J179
(17-31 mm) + 2 E

4 x M40 7 x 16 mm²
2 x M40 63 A 24C1F0000J180
(17-31 mm) + 2 E
160x160x90
mm
6 x M20 12 x 4 mm²
3 x M20 25 A 24C1C0000J195
(10-14 mm) + 4 E

8 x M20 14 x 4 mm²
4 x M20 25 A 24C1C0000J196
(10-14 mm) + 4 E

6 x M25 12 x 6 mm²
3 x M25 32 A 24C1D0000J197
(12-18 mm) + 4 E

8 x M25 12 x 6 mm²
4 x M25 32 A 24C1D0000J198
(12-18 mm) + 4 E

6 x M32 10 x 10 mm²
3 x M32 45 A 24C1E0000J199
(16-25 mm) + 3 E

8 x M32 10 x 10 mm²
4 x M32 45 A 24C1E0000J200
(16-25 mm) + 3 E

(1) Maximum current, at +60°C, for the maximum cable cross-section per terminal of the configuration concerned.
Details and drawings available on request.

According to configurations and the temperature class requested, the maximum current can be modified.
Contact us for other configurations and boxes.

284
 B2X

CONFIGURATION TYPES
POLYAMIDE CABLE GLAND
Junction box in GRP, with cable glands, blanking-plug, terminals as described.

STOPPING
MAX ARTICLE
SIZE CONFIG. CABLE GLAND PLUG TERMINAL
CURRENT(1) NUMBER
(as free part)
2 x M20
/ 5 x 4 mm² + 2 E 25 A 24A1C0000J201
(6-12/8-17 mm)

3 x M20
1 x M20 5 X 4 mm² + 2 E 25 A 24A1C0000J202
(6-12/8-17 mm)

4 x M20
2 x M20 7 X 4 mm² + 2 E 25 A 24A1C0000J203
(6-12/8-17 mm)
120x120x90
mm
2 x M25
/ 5 X 6 mm² + 2 E 32 A 24A1D0000J204
(6-17/14-23 mm)

3 x M25
1 x M25 5 X 6 mm² + 2 E 32 A 24A1D0000J205
(6-17/14-23 mm)

4 x M25
2 x M25 7 X 6 mm² + 2 E 32 A 24A1D0000J206
(6-17/14-23 mm)

2 x M32
/ 5 X 10 mm² + 2 E 45 A 24C1E0000J207
(14-23/20-29 mm)

3 x M32
1 x M32 5 X 10 mm² + 2 E 45 A 24C1E0000J208
(14-23/20-29 mm)

4 x M32
2 x M32 7 X 10 mm² + 2 E 45 A 24C1E0000J209
(14-23/20-29 mm)

2 x M40
/ 5 X 16 mm² + 2 E 63 A 24C1F0000J210
(23-36/29-42 mm)

3 x M40
1 x M40 5 X 16 mm² + 2 E 63 A 24C1F0000J211
(23-36/29-42 mm)

4 x M40
2 x M40 7 X 16 mm² + 2 E 63 A 24C1F0000J212
(23-36/29-42 mm)
160x160x90
mm
6 x M20
3 x M20 12 X 4 mm² + 4 E 25 A 24C1C0000J213
(6-1/8-17 mm)

8 x M20
4 x M20 14 X 4 mm² + 4 E 25 A 24C1C0000J214
(6-1/8-17 mm)

6 x M25
3 x M25 12 X 6 mm² + 4 E 32 A 24C1D0000J215
(6-17/14-23 mm)

8 x M25
4 x M25 12 X 6 mm² + 4 E 32 A 24C1D0000J216
(6-17/14-23 mm)

6 x M32
3 x M32 10 X 10 mm² + 3 E 45 A 24C1E0000J217
(14-23/20-29 mm)

8 x M32
4 x M32 10 X 10 mm² + 3 E 45 A 24C1E0000J218
(14-23/20-29 mm)

(1) Maximum current, at +60°C, for the maximum cable cross-section per terminal of the configuration concerned.
Details and drawings available on request.

According to configurations and the temperature class requested, the maximum current can be modified.
Contact us for other configurations and boxes.

285
 MXBJ

JUNCTION BOXES
MXBJ

ZONE

IP66 0,2 - GRP IK09 -55 °C ATEX 1, 2,

300 mm² METAL +60 °C 21, 22

Existing terminal OTHER FEATURES

configurations up to 400 A. Material GRP casing, aluminium, stainless steel AISI 316L.

Cable entries M12 to M80.

Flexible and stranded wiring (min.-max.) 0,2 - 300 mm²

STANDARDS

International and European IEC/ EN standards 62262, 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-11 et 60079-31.

MARKING AND CERTIFICATION

II 2 G Ex eb IIC T(2) Gb increased safety
II 2 G Ex ia IIC T(2) Gb or
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T(2) Gb intrinsic safety
ATEX markings II 2 G Ex eb ib or ia IIC T(2) Gb increased safety and intrinsic safety
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T(2) Db in dust.

(2)
Depending on ambiant temperature and terminals used.
Certificates IECEx N° IECEx LCI 11.0026X
Certificates
et ATEX N° LCIE 11 ATEX 3028X.

286
 MXBJ

ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
• Earth stud
• Earth bar
• Shield bar
• Junction bar
• Hinges
• Mounting
• Purge or breather
• Earthing plate
• Metal gland with or without earth ring

287
 MXBS

SOCKET-OUTLET
COMBINATION BOXES MXBS

ZONE

IP66 0,22 - GRP IK09 -55 °C ATEX 1, 2,

400 mm² METAL +60 °C 21, 22

Existing terminal OTHER FEATURES

configurations up to 680 A. Casing in GRP, aluminium alloy or stainless steel.
Material
Screws in stainless steel.
Junction Terminal blocks. Feed through and loop-in loop-out connection.
M12 to M80 depending on the size of the box/Polyamide cable gland for
unarmoured cable.
Cable entries
Nickel plated brass cable gland for unarmoured cable and armoured cable
(with plate or washer bonding inside the box).
Flexible and stranded wiring
0,22 - 400 mm²
(min.-max.)

STANDARDS

International and European IEC/ EN standards 62262, 60079-0, 60079-7, 60079-11 et 60079-31.

MARKING AND CERTIFICATION

II 2 G Ex eb IIC T(2) Gb increased safety II 2 G Ex ia IIC T(2) Gb

II 2 G Ex ib IIC T(2) Gb intrinsic safety
II 2 G Ex eb ia or eb ib IIC T(2) Gb
ATEX markings increased safety and intrinsic safety
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T(2) Db in dust.

(2)
Depending on ambiant temperature and connectivity used..

Certificates IECEx N° IECEx LCI 11.0042X

Certificates
ATEX n° LCIE 11 ATEX 3047X.

288
 MXBS

ASSOCIATED MARECHAL® PRODUCTS

DECONTACTOR™ DXA1, DXN1, DXN3 and DXN6

Connectors PNCX and SPeX

Multicontact connectors PXN12C, DXN25C and DXN37C

ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST
• Inclined sleeve
• Earth stud
• Earth bar
• Hinges
• Mounting brackets
• Purge or breather
• Earthing plate
• Metal gland with or without earth ring

289
 BOÎTIERS DE COM-
MANDE

CONTROL STATIONS
AND BOXES
INCREASED SAFETY AND
FLAMEPROOF

Ex db, Ex eb, Ex db eb, Ex db eb ia/ib mb

A wide range of control stations in GRP, aluminium (copper-free) or stainless steel designed
for more flexibility, less weight and adapted to customer specifications. To be assembled
with Ex db eb switches in EF version or PL switches for CP version.

290
 BOXES

INCREASED SAFETY FLAMEPROOF

EFXE.. CP../EFDCN..
II 2 G Ex eb IIC Gb or II 2 G Ex db eb IIC Gb
II 2 (1) G Ex db eb ia/ib mb [ia] IIC Gb II 2G Ex db IIC Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/IP67 II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66

• AISI-316L stainless steel. • Copper-free aluminum.

• Acid treatment. • From -50 °C to +60 °C (ATEX),
• Hidden hinges. From -60 °C to +60 °C (IECEx).
• Customised dimensions up to
910x1140x500 mm.
• From -50 °C to +60 °C.
• Designed to meet the requirements for use
ON and OFF-SHORE, in petrochemical and
marine applications.

EFXE.. CP../EFSRC..
II 2 G Ex eb IIC Gb or II 2 G Ex db eb IIC Gb
II 2 G Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIC Gb II 2G Ex db IIC Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/IP67 II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66

• Copper-free aluminum. • Copper-free aluminum.

• From -50 °C to +60 °C. • Selector switches can be customised on
• A wide range of dimensions. request.
• From -50 °C to +60 °C (ATEX),
From -60 °C to +60 °C (IECEx).

EFE.. EPKZM
II 2 G Ex eb IIC Gb or II 2 G Ex db eb IIC Gb
II 2 G Ex db eb ia/ib mb IIC Gb II 2G Ex d IIB T6 Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66/IP67 II 2D Ex tb IIIC T85 °C Db IP66/IP67

• GRP material. • Copper-free aluminum.

• Designed to meet the requirements for use • used to house motor protector circuit
ON and OFF-SHORE, in petrochemical and breakers up to 63 A.
marine applications. • From -30 °C to +55 °C.
• From -50 °C to +60 °C • ATEX certification only.
• A wide range of dimensions.

291
 BOÎTIERS ET ARMOIRES

BOXES
AND ENCLOSURES
GAS GROUP
IIB + H2 ET IIC

Ex db IIB, IIB+H2 et IIC

• High resistance to corrosion

• High mechanical resistance
• Highest standards of safety
• An ideal solution for extreme environmental
conditions

292
 COFFRETS

GAS GROUP IIB + H2

EJB.. EJB..
II 2G Ex db IIB Gb or Ex db IIB+H2 Gb II 2G Ex db IIB Gb or Ex db IIB+H2 Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP65 or 66 II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP65 or 66

• Copper-free aluminum. • AISI 316L stainless steel or galvanised steel.

• Adapted for indoor and outdoor applications. • Adapted for indoor and outdoor applications.
• AISI316 stainless steel screws. • AISI 316L stainless steel screws and
• From -60°C to +60°C accessories.
• IP65, IP66. • From -60°C to +60°C
• IP65, IP66.
• Customised dimensions.

GAS GROUP IIC

GUB.. GUB/EMH..
II 2G Ex d IIC Gb II 2G Ex d IIC Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66 II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66

• Copper-free aluminum. • Copper-free aluminum.

• Adapted for indoor and outdoor • Adapted for indoor and outdoor
applications. applications.
• From -50 °C to +55 °C (ATEX), • From -50 °C to +55 °C (ATEX),
from -60 °C to +60 °C (IECEx). from -60 °C to +60 °C (IECEx).
• AISI 316L version: customised dimensions • Window diameter from 155 to 230 mm..
on request. • AISI 316L version: customised dimensions
on request.

GUB../QL CPS../EMH
II 2G Ex d IIC Gb II 2G Ex db IIC Gb
II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66 II 2D Ex tb IIIC Db IP66

• Copper-free aluminum. • Copper-free aluminum.

• Adapted for indoor and outdoor • Adapted for indoor and outdoor
applications. applications.
• Can be fitted with push buttons, rotary • From -50 °C to +60 °C (ATEX),
selectors. from -60 °C to +60 °C (IECEx).
• From -50 °C to +55 °C (ATEX),
from -60 °C to +60 °C (IECEx).
• AISI 316L version: customised dimensions
on request.

293
LIGHTING

LINEAR LED FLOODLIGHT AND WELLGLASS

LIGHTING LED/HALOGEN/H.I.D.

EVF-P.. LED/FLUORESCENT FL.. LED

II 2G Ex mb db eb IIC T4 Gb II 2 G Ex db IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4 Gb

(normal & emergency) II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85 °C/T100 °C/T135 °C Db IP66
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T130°C Db
Luminosity: up to 12.000lm
Luminosity: up to 13 000 lm Luminous efficiency: 125 lm/W
Luminous efficiency: 172 lm/W LED colour: 5.000 K
LED colour: 4.400 K • Ambient temp. range: -50°C/+55°C.
• Ambient temp. range: -20°C/+55°C • Copper-free aluminium body.
(emergency: -20°C/+40°C). • Stainless steel mounting brackets.
• Transparent PC UV protected • Available with battery pack for 180 min.
casing with copper-free aluminum
flanges.

EVF-L.. LED/FLUORESCENT FL.. H.I.D.

II 2G Ex mb db eb IIC T4 Gb II 2 G Ex db eb IIB+H2 T4/T3/T2 Gb

(normal & emergency) II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T135 °C to T235 °C Db IP66
II 2D Ex tb IIIC T130°C
to Db
Power: up to 400 W
Luminosity: up to 13 000 lm • Ambient temp. range: -50°C/+55°C;
Luminous efficiency: 170 lm/W • Copper-free aluminium or AISI316L
LED colour: 4.400 K stainless steel body;
• Ambient temp. range: -20°C/+60°C. • AISI304 stainless steel mounting brackets.
• Transparent PC UV protected • Suitable for H.I.D. lamp (metal halide or
casing with GRP flanges. high pressure sodium).

G2X LED/FLUORESCENT EVDE-PR 3 LED/SPOTLIGHT

II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6 Gc; II 2 G Ex db IIC T5/T4/T3 Gb;

II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc IP66. II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C/T135 °C/T200 °C Db IP66.

Luminosity: up to 5 200 lm Luminosity : up to 22 000 lm

Luminous efficiency: 118 lm/W Luminous efficiency: up to 135 lm/W
• T°C amb. : -20°C/+40°C. LED colour: 4000 K
• GRP body. • T°C Amb.:-60°C/+60°C.
• Available also for safe areas. • LED floodlight.
• Copper-free aluminum body.

294
 SELECTION GUIDE

VISUAL SIGNAL

EVDE-5 LED MIOL - MEDIUM INTENSITY

FL1 LED OBSTRUCTION LIGHT

II 2G Ex db eb mb IIC T4 Gb II 2 G Ex db IIC T5/T4/T3 Gb

II 2D Ex mb tb IIIC T90°C Db IP66 II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100°C/T135°C/T200°C Db IP66.

Luminosity: up to 32.000 lm Luminosity:

Luminous efficiency: 125 lm/W Type A: up to 20.000 cd white flashing (day) +
• Ambient temp. range: -30°C/+60°C 2.000 cd white flashing (night)
• Copper-free aluminium body Type B: up to 2.000 cd red flashing (night)
• Modular solution: up to 4 units Type AB: up to 20.000 cd white flashing (day)
+ 2.000 cd red flashing (night)
Type AC: up to 20.000 cd white flashing (day)
+ 2.000 cd steady red (night)
• Designed for structures > 45 m
• Compliant with ICAO Annex 14
• Available in single or twin version
TL2 LED

II 2 D Ex tb IIIA T80°C Db;

II 3 G Ex ec IIC T3 Gc;
II 3 D Ex tc IIIB T80°C Dc.
EV../XN-MXN LED/XENOFLASH LIGHT
Luminosity: up to 50.220 lm
Luminous efficiency: 164 lm/W II 2 G Ex db IIC T5/T4 Gb;
• Ambient temp. range: -40°C/+55°C II 2 G Ex db eb IIC T5/T4 Gb;
• Thermal protection against overtemperature II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C/T135 °C Db IP66.
• Overvoltage protection system
Luminosity: up to 8.500 cd
• Ambient temp. range: -60°C/+60°C;
• Copper-free aluminium body.
• Provided with Fresnel lens.
• Available in different luminous intensities:
2J, 6J, 15J.
• Provided with red lamp.
LIGHTING

EVCC-PR LED/TRAFFIC LIGHT

II 2 G Ex db IIC T3 Gb
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T200 °C Db IP66.

Luminosity: up to 1.500 cd
• Ambient temp. range: -20°C/60°C
• Copper-free aluminium body.
• Provided with red and green lamps.

295
ACCESSORIES AND SPARE
PARTS

296
6
 SOMMAIRE

MECHANICAL LOCKING ......................................................................................... P. 298

PADLOCKING/ELECTRO-MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING ............................................. P. 300
CABLE AMPLIFIER LUGS ............................................................................................ P. 300
LARGER RELEASE BUTTON ........................................................................................ P. 301
TYPOLOGY OF LIDS ................................................................................................. P. 302
DRAW MECHANISM................................................................................................ P. 303
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) ............................................................... P. 304
REVERSED INTERIOR AND CONTACTS ...................................................................... P. 305
PHASE-SEQUENCE INDICATOR ................................................................................ P. 305
VISUAL STATUS INDICATORS .................................................................................... P. 306
INDUSTRIAL/DOMESTIC ADAPTER ............................................................................ P. 306
PILOTS AND AUXILIARIES .......................................................................................... P. 307
OPTIONS

MAIN OPTION COMBINATION SUFFIXES .................................................................. P. 309

SPARE PARTS ........................................................................................................... P. 310

297
CONDAMNATION MÉCANIQUE

MECHANICAL
LOCKING

IMMEDIATE VISIBILITY AND SAFETY FOR END-USERS : PADLOCKING

The use of MARECHAL® products can be part of your lockout tagout proce- MARECHAL ELECTRIC offers you simple and fast padlocking for many of
dures. Padlocking, when used on your machines or electric motors, ensures it socket-outlets for use in industrial environments or hazardous areas.
protection of your staff with safe local breaking, without any need for an Padlocking can be done with the socket-outlet either connected or
accredited electrical engineer disconnected. It prevents the user from powering some equipment or from
inadvertent use during maintenance work.

DECONTACTOR™
Plug alone Socket-outlet alone with its lid shut or
A padlock or lockout hasp can be fitted on the full set connected
the inlet body. Add suffix 843 to the inlet A padlock or lockout hasp can be fitted on
part number. the inlet body. Add suffix 843 to the socket-
outlet part number.

Mating, unmating or closing of the lid is made impossible in order to guarantee the
safety of the users.

Suffix to be added to the socket-outlet or plug/inlet part number (P/N°) depending on the locking option:
DS/DSP/DSF CS1000
OPTIONS DSN SERIES DXN SERIES PN SERIES
SERIES SP
Locking shaft for up to Socket-outlet P/N° Socket-outlet P/N° Socket-outlet P/N°
NA NA
2 padlocks Ø 4 to 8 mm max. + 843 + 843 + 843

Locking shaft for up to

NA NA NA NA NA
3 padlocks Ø 8 mm max.

Padlocking latch (no shaft) Socket-outlet P/N°

NA NA NA NA
one padlock Ø 4 mm max. + 843

DS2 Socket-outlet P/ Socket-outlet P/

Allen-screw locking latch* NA N° + 22 NA N° + 22 (2.5 mm NA
(6 mm hexagonal key) hexagonal key)

Locking plug/inlet
Inlet P/N° + 843 NA NA
(padlocking hole)

613A541 (poly shaft)

Safety lock (up to 6 padlocks) 613A541 613A541 NA NA
399A541 (metal shaft)

453A843
Padlocking ring NA NA NA NA
454A844
* no possibility to use a padlock.

Some of our ranges are equipped with a mechanical locking device as standard.
With a BTR screw: With lockable shaft: Standard padlocking in the OFF position
PXN12C/DS4 DX/DXN25C and DXN37C (Ø 4 to 8 mm).
SEPARABLE SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR EVO

298
 SECURE YOUR ELECTRICAL WORKS WHILE YOUR DEVICES ARE OFF LOAD

With a With an EVO separable

DECONTACTOR™ OU switch- disconnector

Separating: local
current interruption
Separating: local
and on load break
current interruption
f Visible break
and on load break
f Fully visible
f Visible break
break

Padlocking: on the device itself

Identifying

NO RISK Safety for end users and

OF ERRORS machines

FAST AND EASY Time

ASSEMBLY saving

ONGOING AND
Cost reduction
WORK IN PROGRESS

THE INSTALLATION IS SAFE ALSO VALID FOR Ex VERSIONS.

The use of MARECHAL® DECONTACTOR™ and EVO products may be part of the lock out tag out procedures for safe working.

299
EMBOUTS DE CÂBLAGE AMPLIFICATEURS

ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
LOCKING SYSTEM NEW

Voltage presence LED light PLUG ENGAGED SYSTEM FOR THE DS2 AND
indicator Rotary on/off button DS4 :
The latch of the socket is equipped with a plug presence detection
system.
• When linked to an upstream control device the external power supply is only
turned on once the plug is fully engaged
• The rotary button activates the locking system
• In the ON position the socket release latch is disabled and the plug cannot
be removed
Captive and • In the case of LED or switch failure, connection of the plug is prevented
discrete locking for safety reasons
pin diam. 8mm
included. Locking system is integrated in the module.
• The system lock works either for the lid only or with the plug connected.
• When the system is locked, operation of the release latch is disabled:
Ì the rotary on/off is also disabled
Ì the release latch is disabled preventing the socket lid to be opened or
the plug to be removed.
• When ordering this option, the product IP level will no more be guaranteed.

CABLE LUG
AMPLIFIERS

CONDUCTOR SECTION DS1 DS2

DSN1 DS2 DS4 DXN6 DX6 DX9 DX2
FLEXIBLE STRANDED DSN3 350

4 mm2 6 mm2 611A277-06 - -

6 mm2 10 mm2 611A277-10 - -

FLEXIBLE 16 mm2 611A277-16 613A277-16 -

2 2
25 mm 35 mm - - - - 256A277-35 - -

50 mm2 70 mm2 - - - - - 266A277-50 -

70 mm2 95 mm2 - - - 269A277-70 - - - 269A277-70 269A277-70

95 mm2 120 mm2 - - - 269A277-120 - - - 269A277-120 269A277-120

2 2
120 mm 150 mm - - 392A277150

150 mm2 185 mm2 - - 392A277185

185 mm2 240 mm2 - - - 394A277-240

Cable sections are given for information.

A full check must be undertaken due to the variation of diameter depending on manufacturers.

300
CROCHET STOP

STOP-
LATCH

This option is ideal for quick disconnection of machinery and equipment by

operators wearing gloves.
The latch is fitted with a red label with warning "stop" for ease of
identification.

The use of this latch is not recommended in case of in-line

coupler extension cables.

Suffix to be added to the socket-outlet part number (P/N°):

OPTION DSN SERIES DS SERIES*

Stop-latch Socket-outlet P/N° + 453
* The stop-latch is standard for the metal DS9, DS2 and DS4.

The stop latch is not an emergency-stop button

301
TYPOLOGIE DE COUVERCLES

TYPOLOGY
OF LIDS

LID OPENING
Different lid opening configurations are available depending on our ranges. See ranges pages for more details.

DS6 meal example DSN6 GRP example

AUTOMATIC SELF-RETURNING LID DS1/DS3 example PN example

AND LID-SPRUNG-CLOSED
A normally closed lid configuration is available for applications where it is
desirable to protect the front face of the socket outlet – the shutter – from
ingress of dust and debris or potential damage. This option provides a lid that
automatically returns to an almost closed position after withdrawal of the
plug. The user must then always manually close the lid in order to achieve the
complete seal (IP-rating), except for the DS1- and DS3- poly, which are available
with an automatic sprung loaded lid, which completely closes.

This option is recommended for self-ejecting applications.

Suffix to be added to the socket-outlet part number (P/N°):

OPTION DSN SERIES DS SERIES(1) PN SERIES(2) DXN SERIES

Socket-outlet with self-returning lid closed Socket-outlet P/N° + R

(1) For DS1- and DS3-, this is an automatic sprung-closed lid. (2) The IP55 PN series version is available with a standard automatic sprung-closed
lid (no need to add R) : replace N of the P/N° of the socket-outlet by a S.

MOUNTING : LOAD BREAK RELEASE BUTTON SHOULD BE IN UPPER POSITION

302
 AIDES A L’ENCLENCHEMENT

DRAW
MECHANISM

FINGER DRAW PLATES

Easy-mating accessories.

Part numbers (P/N°) for these products:

OPTION DSN1 DSN3/DS1 DSN6/DS3 DS6 SP/SPeX

Plates 611A346 613A346 616A346 316A346
Lever mechanism 454A876
Draw base 454A396

Finger draw-plates are available in pairs with 2 seals Lever mechanism

and longer fixing screws than standard.

Some of our products are supplied with a draw mechanism as standard.

Easy-mating mechanism is included both on socket-outlet and connector side for the below products:

DS9 - 150 A DS2 - 250 A DS4 - 400 A

303
COMPATIBILITÉ ÉLECTROMAGNÉTIQUE (CEM)

ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY (EMC)

WHAT IS EMC, ELECTROMAGNETIC HOW TO PROTECT YOURSELF FROM ELECTRO-

COMPATIBILITY IN INDUSTRIAL MAGNETIC POLLUTION?
ENVIRONMENTS? • By ensuring the continuity of the shielded cable and thus the non-disruption
Electromagnetic waves can disturb a signal, causing the electrical instal- of signals.
lation, a robot or machine to malfunction or transmit an incomplete or • By using EMC products.
erroneous message (data, ignition order, etc.) or even completely block an
industrial manufacturing process. MARECHAL® EMC solutions are designed for this purpose, up to
As a result, these disruptions can impact the proper functioning and 400 A and 1000 V.
productivity of a plant as well as the safety of the site. The EMC option is a specific manufacturing process allowing the
ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) is the ability of a product to operate attentuation of the power (in dB decibel) of the electromagnetic disturbance
satisfactorily in its electromagnetic environment without introducing so equipment can operate as expected for their intended use.
electromagnetic interference itself. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) tests are carried out on our products
according to IEC 62153-4-5: 2016. Within a frequency range between
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 30 MHz and 1000 MHz, the EMC option offers an attenuation between
• The electromagnetic disturbance generated does not exceed the level above 30 dB and 70 dB of the electromagnetic emissions.
which radio and telecommunications equipment or other equipment cannot
operate as intended.
• Equipment shall have a level of immunity to the electromagnetic distur-
bance to be expected in its intended use which allows it to operate without
unacceptable degradation of its intended use.

All contact surfaces are uncoated to provide optimal electrical conductivity;

Gaskets are fitted with metallic braided fabric, silicone with Monel threads or graphite-loaded, ensuring an excellent EMC performance.

Suffix to be added to socket-outlets, metal inlets and accessories part numbers (P/N°):

OPTION DS6 - DS9 - DS2 - DS4 DSP400 - DSP1250 DN9C PN - PN7C - PN12C

Electromagnetic compatibility Socket-outlet, metal inlet & accessory P/N° + EMC

For more information on our solutions, download our EMC brochure

at marechal.com

304
OPTIONS COMPLÉMENTAIRES

REVERSED
INTERIORS

In the PN series, the interior mouldings and contacts can be swapped:

• The plug interior moulding and contacts can be assembled in a socket-
outlet casing.
• The socket-outlet moulding and contacts can be assembled in plug casing.

Suffix to be added to socket-outlet & inlet part number (P/N°):

OPTION PN SERIES
Reversed interior Socket-outlet
mouldings and contacts & inlet P/N° + 001

As the plug top housing becomes the live power side it is supplied with a
protective cap as standard (01NA426).
Ref: 012A126 is no obsolete.

Some of the products of our multicontacts range exist with

reversed interior and contacts, please contact us.

PHASE-SEQUENCE
INDICATOR

The phase-sequence indicator is an accessory that provides a simple way

to test if the phase sequence is correct, and the rotation direction of AC
motors, from 250 to 690 V AC.
The accessory comprises either a plug fitted with a handle with LEDs which
is to be mated with the socket-outlet which phase sequence is to be tested
or, a plug connected with a cable to a phase sequence indicator.

Please contact us for part numbers

305
OPTIONS COMPLÉMENTAIRES 2

VISUAL
STATUS-INDICATORS

Our devices can be fitted with LEDs indicating the presence of voltage.

The LEDs are fitted on handles as follows:

• Voltage 24 V AC Ø 8 mm yellow LED

• Voltage 240 V AC Ø 8 mm red LED
• Voltage 400 V AC Ø 8 mm red LED

Suffix to be added to handles part numbers (P/N°):

HANDLES* DSN1 - DSN3 - DSN6 - DS1 - DS3 - DS6 - PN

For 24 V Standard P/N° + LY

For 240 V Standard P/N° + LR

For 400 V Standard P/N° + LR4

* IP level is not guaranteed.

INDUSTRIAL/
DOMESTIC ADAPTER

In order to allow the connection of an appliance fitted with a domestic plug

to an industrial type socket-outlet, MARECHAL ELECTRIC has developed an
adapter which features a MARECHAL® single phase industrial plug top at
one end and a 10/16 A - 230 V domestic socket at the other end.The adapter
includes a 6 x 32 mm 10/16 A fuse-link.

Part numbers (P/N°) for these products:

TYPE DSN1 DSN3 DS1 PN

Poly 6118015D11 6138015D11 3118015D11 01N8015D11
France
Metal – – – 09N8015D11
Poly 6118015D40 6138015D40 3118015D40 01N8015D40
United Kingdom
Metal – – – 09N8015D40
Poly 6118015D30 6138015D30 3118015D30 01N8015D30
Germany
Metal – – – 09N8015D30
Poly 6118015D06 6138015D06 3118015D06 01N8015D06
Italy
Metal – – – 09N8015D06
Adaptation device without domestic socket is also available. Contact us for the references.

306
 PILOTES & AUXILIAIRES

PILOTS
& AUXILIARIES
PILOTS
A pilot circuit allows the safe remote control of a contactor by signalling The contactor controls the power supply of the socket outlet by:
confirmation that the plug is correctly inserted into the socket outlet. The • a micro switch inside the socket outlet or inlet only, which is mechanically
circuit must be designed so that the contactor coil cannot be energised activated when the plug is connected,
(closing the contactor) until all downstream connections between socket • a contact or pair of normally open contacts on the male and female sides
outlets (connector) and plug (appliance inlet) made correctly made - ie which close last and open first used as part of the external control circuit.
closed.

Pilot circuit Pilot circuit Pilot circuit

- via a normally open internal micro switch - via a single normally pilot contact P1 - via 2 normally open contacts P1 P2

Socket-outlet

Pilots

Some of our products feature pilot contacts as standard.

SP series PF series DS4 series

Up to 6 auxiliaries (and 2 pilot contacts)

307
AUXILIARY CONTACTS
Power Contact
Auxiliary contacts on the male and female sides are separate from the
main power contacts. These contacts can be used for signal and control
requirements.

Auxiliary Contact

For suffix references to add auxiliary contacts to the socket

outlet and inlet part numbers please refer to the option suffixes
section.

SEQUENCING BETWEEN AUXILIARY CONTACTS AND POWER CONTACTS

To ensure optimum performance, DECONTACTOR™ contacts are sequenced
in the following order on insertion of the plug:

In order:
Πthe earth contact closes first,
 then the neutral contact,
Ž then the phase contacts,
 and last the auxiliary contacts which can be used as pilot contacts.

Phase
Auxiliaries
Earth

Neutral

This design ensures no arcing at connection and disconnection.

308
 SUFFIXES
DES OPTIONS

OPTIONS
SUFFIXES MAIN OPTION COMBINATION SUFFIXESS
Suffix to be added to the 7 digits of standard product references.

SOCKET-OUTLET SUFFIX
OPTION CHOICE APPLICABLE RANGE
Opening lid

returning

ejection*
DSN1

Ejection
Locking

latch*
2 aux.

DS1 DS6 DS6 DS9 DS9

180°

Self

Self
lid

PN DSN3 DS2
DS3 POLY METAL POLY METAL
DSN6

• 843 843 843 843 843 843 843 843

• 10

• R R R R R R R R

• 972 972 972 972 262 262 972

• 841

• • 858 858 858 858 858 858 858 858

• • • 977 977 977 977 662 662 977

• • 372 372 372 372 213 213 372

• • 514

• • 18

• • 960 960 960 960 267 267 960

• • • 853 853 853 853 **

• • • • 973 973 973 973 **

• • 352 352 352 352 ** **

• • • 354 354 354 354

PLUG SUFFIX
OPTION CHOICE APPLICABLE RANGE
ejection*
Locking

2 aux.

DSN3 DS1 DS6 DS6 DS9 DS9

Self

PN DSN1 DS2
DSN6 DS3 POLY METAL POLY METAL

• 843 843 843 843 843 843 843 843

• 972 972 972 972 262 262 972

• ** **

• • 372 372 372 213 213 372

• • ** **

* See chapter related to mechanical self-ejection in page 188 for more details.
** Contact us.

309
 PN

SPARE
PARTS

 Œ Ž Œ  
PLUG PN POLY PN METAL
ΠPlug interior 01NA010 09NA110

 Locking ring 611A583 09NA583

Ž Plug contact (P or N) 01NA011 01NA011

 Color-coded voltage gasket 611AV26 611AV26

611AB26 611AB26

611AR26 611AR26

611AN26 611AN26

 Plug casing 01NA501 09NA501

  Œ Ž Œ 
SOCKET PN POLY PN METAL
ΠSocket Interior 3P+E 01NA020C3 09NA220C3

ΠSocket Interior 1P+N+E 01NA020C5 09NA220C5

ΠSocket Interior 3P+N+E 01NA020C7 09NA220C7

 Locking ring 611A583 09NA583

Ž Socket contact 01NA021 01NA021

 Color-coded voltage gasket 611AV26 611AV26

611AB26 611AB26

611AR26 611AR26

611AN26 611AN26

 Socket Lid Gasket 01NA524* 09NA524*

‘ Casing gasket 01NA074 01NA074

*Add suffix cover option (opening 180 °, self-returning, etc.).

REMEMBER TO ORDER THE SPECIAL

REMOVAL KEY
Yellow disassembly key for poly
ly casing
31-A500-1
CONTACT US FOR SPARE PARTS.

310
 DSN

 Œ Ž Œ  
PLUG DSN1 DSN3 DSN6
ΠPlug interior 611A010 311A010 313A010

 Locking ring 611A583 311A583 616A583

Ž Plug contact 611A011 311A011 616A011

 Color-coded voltage gasket 611AB26 613AB26 313AB26

611AR26 613AR26 313AR26

611AV26 613AV26 313AV26

611AN26 613AN26 313AN26

 Plug casing 611A501 613A501 616A501

  Œ Ž Œ 
SOCKET DSN1 DSN3 DSN6
ΠSocket Interior 611A020 311A020 313A020

 Locking ring 611A583 311A583 616A583

Ž Socket contact 611A021 311A021 616A021

 Color-coded voltage gasket 611AB26 613AB26 313AB26

611AR26 613AR26 313AR26

611AV26 613AV26 313AV26

611AN26 613AN26 313AN26

 Socket Casing 611A524* 613A524* 616A524*

‘ Casing gasket 611A074 613A074 616A074

*Add suffix cover option (opening 180 °, self-returning, etc.).

REMEMBER TO ORDER THE SPECIAL

REMOVAL KEY
Yellow disassembly key for poly
ly casing
31-A500-1
CONTACT US FOR SPARE PARTS.

311
 DS

SPARE
PARTS

 Œ Ž Œ  
PLUG DS1 DS3 DS6 DS9 DS2 DS4
Œ Plug interior 311A010 313A010 316A010 619A010 – –

ΠPlug interior metal + E РР396A110 699A110 392A110 394A110

 Locking ring 311A583 616A583 316A583 319A583 – –

 Locking ring metal – – 396A583 399A583 392A583 394A583

Ž Plug contact (P or N) 311A011 616A011 316A011 619A011 392A011 394A011

 Color-coded voltage gasket 311AB26 313AB26 316AB26 319AB26 392AB26 –

311AR26 313AR26 316AR26 319AR26 392AR26 –

311AV26 313AV26 – – – –

311AN26 313AN26 316AN26 319AN26 392AN26 –

 Plug casing poly 311A501 313A501 316A501 619A501 – –

 Plug casing metal – – 396A501 399A501 392A501 394A501

REMEMBER TO ORDER THE SPECIAL

REMOVAL KEY
Yellow disassembly key for poly
ly casing
31-A500-1
CONTACT US FOR SPARE PARTS.

312
 DS

  Œ Ž Œ 
SOCKET DS1 DS3 DS6 DS9 DS2 DS4
Œ Socket Interior poly 311A020 313A020 316A020 619A020 – –

ΠSocket Interior metal +E 396A220 699A220 392A220 394A220

 Locking ring 311A583 616A583 316A583 319A583 – –

 Locking ring metal – – 396A583 399A583 392A583 394A583

Ž Socket contact (P or N) 311A021 616A021 316A021 619A021 392A021 394A021

 Color-coded voltage gasket 311AB26 313AB26 316AB26 319AB26 392AB26 –

311AR26 313AR26 316AR26 319AR26 392AR26 –

311AV26 313AV26 – – – –

311AN26 313AN26 316AN26 319AN26 392AN26 –

 GRP socket casing 311A524* 313A524* 316A524* 619A524* – –

 Metal socket casing – – 396A524* 399A524* 392A524* 394A524*

399A074 (metal)
311A563 313A563 396A074 392A074 392A074
‘ Lid gasket
(lid) (lid) (casing)
619A074 (poly)
(casing) (casing)
(casing)

*Add suffix cover option (opening 180 °, self-returning, etc.).

CONTACT US FOR SPARE PARTS.

313
 PFQ

SPARE
PARTS

 Ž

Œ  ‘ ’
PLUG PFQ
ΠPlug interior (with auxiliary contacts) 473A310

 Phase contact 474A011

Ž Neutral contact 474A011L

 Earth contact 474A019

 Internal gasket 473A074

‘ Plug casing (with internal and external gaskets) 473A014

’ External gasket 474A026

‘ ’

Œ  Ž  “ ”
SOCKET PFQ
ΠCap (with gasket) 474A925

 Cap gasket 474A563

Ž Socket interior (with auxiliaries) 473A320

 Insulator block for Auxs and Pilots (includes contacts) 473A229

 Phase contact 474A021

‘ Neutral contact 474A021L

’ Earth contact 474A029

“ Socket casing (with gasket and cap) 473A024

” External gasket 474A026

CONTACT US FOR SPARE PARTS.

314
 PFC

 Ž

Œ  ‘ ’
PLUG PFC
ΠPlug interior (with auxiliary contacts) 496A310

 Phase contact 496A011

Ž Neutral contact 496A011N

 Earth contact 496A019

 Internal gasket 494A074

‘ Plug casing (with internal and external gaskets) 494A014

’ External gasket 494A026

‘ ’

Œ  Ž  “ ”
SOCKET PFC
ΠSocket cap (with gasket) 496A925

 Cap gasket 494A074

Ž Socket interior (with auxiliary contacts) 496A320

 Insulator block for Auxs and Pilots (includes contacts) 494A229

 Phase contact 496A021

‘ Neutral contact 496A021N

’ Earth contact 496A029

“ Socket casing (with gasket and cap) 494A024

” External gasket 494A026

CONTACT US FOR SPARE PARTS.

315
NOTES

316
NOTES

317
NOTES

318
NOTES

319
NOTES

320
NOTES

321
 WEBSITE

• Configure your product specification

with our online configurator:
marechal.com/configurator
• Retrieve your business contacts.
• Download our documentation
related to your field of activity.
• Download our product data sheets.
• Follow current events and news.

NON CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENT AND

PICTURES
All the indications appearing in this catalogue are indicative and could not
constitute a commitment on our part.
We reserve the right to alter specifications of our products without any
prior notice in our efforts to continuously improve our products features.
Please note: The most up to date versions of our products can be found on
our website marechal.com.

FIND ALL INFORMATION

ON OUR WEBSITE:
marechal.com

322
22
2
 THE FIRST
EVO
SEPARABLE
SWITCH-
DISCONNECTOR

• Complies with the low

voltage directive
• Up to 40 A and 18,5 kW
• Up to 6 poles + earth
• IP66/IP67/IP69 automatic
waterproofing in ON
and OFF positions

marechal.com
WORLD PRESENCE

MARECHAL
GMBH

MARECHALÌ
ELECTRIC

MELTRIC

TECHNORÌITALSMEA

MARECHALÌELECTRIC
CHINA
TECHNOR
MIDDLEÌEAST

MEXICO

MARECHALÌELECTRIC
ASIA

MARECHALÌELECTRIC
AFRICA

MARECHAL
AUSTRALIA

MARECHAL ELECTRIC S.A.S (Head Office)

5 avenue du chemin de Presles
94410 Saint-Maurice, FRANCE
Phone : +33 (0)1 45 11 60 00
e-mail: contact@marechal.com

Africa SADC area Australia Germany/Austria/Switzerland/ USA/Canada/Mexico

MARECHAL ELECTRIC AFRICA MARECHAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Eastern Europe/Russia MELTRIC Corporation
(PTY) LTD. 20 A Technology Circuit MARECHAL GmbH 4765 W. Oakwood Park Drive
PO Box 13875 Witfield 1467 HALLAM VIC 3803 Im Lossenfeld 8 Franklin WI 53132, USA
Unit A1 Harvard Lane Australia D-77731 Willstätt-Sand Tel.: +1 414 433 2700 GbCatGen_202208_A.3 - All rights reserved.
Aero Star Business Park Tel. : +61 (0)3 8786 2500 Germany e-mail: mail@meltric.com
Jet Park Road, Jet Park e-mail : sales@marechal.com.au Tel.: +49 (0)7852/91 96-0
South Africa e-mail: info.de@marechal.com
Tel.: +27 11 894 7226/7/8
e-mail: sales.za@marechal.com

Asia China Middle East

MARECHAL ELECTRIC Asia MARECHAL ELECTRIC (China) TECHNOR MIDDLE EAST DMCC TECHNOR ITALSMEA S.p.A.
Pte Ltd Co., Ltd Unit No.2101, Fortune Executive Via Italia 33,
9 Tagore Lane 11 North Xiangshui Road, Tower, Plot No T1 20060 Gessate (MILANO)
#01-05 9@Tagore West Dayawan District, Jumeirah Lakes Towers Italia
Singapore 787472 Huizhou.P.R.C P.O. Box 392054 Tel. : +39 02 95 00 151
Tel. : +65 6554 2722 Tel: +86 (0)752-5319536 Dubai, United Arab Emirates e-mail : sales@italsmea.com
e-mail: sales.asia@marechal.com e-mail: sales.cn@marechal.com Tel. : +971 4 362 1418
e-mail: sales.me@marechal.com

For any other country or area, , please contact the head office.

marechal.com